Перевод: со всех языков на все языки

со всех языков на все языки

kings+mountain

  • 21 שִׁי׳

    שִׁחְלַיִים, שִׁחְלַיִם, שִׁי׳m. du. (or שְׁחָלִים pl.) (answering to λεπίδιον, cmp. שְׁחוֹלִית) a kind of cress or pepperwort (Lepidium sativum, v. Löw Pfl., p. 39 6). Maasr. IV, 5 השחלים. Tosef.Shebi.II, 9; Erub.28a. Ber.57b; Ab. Zar.29a. Gitt.57a כפר שיחליימ … מן שחליים the place was called Kfar Shiḥlayim, because their support came from the traffic in cress; Y.Taan.IV, 69a bot. כפר שיחליא דהוון מרביין בניהון כאילין תחלוסייא (not ביניהון) it was named Kfar Shiḥlayim, because they reared their children as carefully as cress is cultivated; Lam. R. to II, 2 (Matt. K., reading באילין, they reared their children on cress-dishes). Ab. Zar.30b חשחלים (Rashi השחליים) cress-dish (chopped cress mixed with wine or oil). Ib. 67a וכך היו עושין … וקורין אותן שיחליים (Ar. קדירת שחלים) and so they used to prepare it at Sepphoris on Fridays, and they called it cress-dish; Y. ib. V, 44d top וקורין אותו שחלייא; a. e. (כפר שחלייא) כפר שחליים pr. n. pl. Kfar Shihlayim ( Shiḥlaya), a town in the mountains of Ephraim (Kings Mountain); v. supra.

    Jewish literature > שִׁי׳

  • 22 राजन् _rājan

    राजन् m. [राज्-कनिन् रञ्जयति रञ्ज्-कनिन् नि ˚ वा Uṇ.1.145] A king, ruler, prince, chief (changed to राजः at the end of Tat. comp.); वङ्गराजः, महाराजः &c.; तथैव सो$भूदन्वर्थो राजा प्रकृतिरञ्जनात् R.4.12; पित्रा न रञ्जितास्तस्य प्रजास्तेनानु- रञ्जिताः । अनुरागात्ततस्तस्य नाम राजेत्यभाषत ॥ V. P.
    -2 A man of the military casts; a Kṣatriya; Śi 14.14.
    -3 N. of Yudhiṣṭhira.
    -4 N. of Indra.
    -5 The moon; राजप्रियाः कैरविण्यो रमन्ते मधुपैःसह Bv.1.126.
    -6 Lord, master.
    -7 N. of Pṛithu.
    -8 A Yakṣa; तं राजराजानु- चरो$स्य साक्षात् Ki.3.3.
    -9 The Soma plant; ऐन्द्रश्च विधिवद्दत्तो राजा चाभिषुतो$नघः Rām.1.14.6; Bṛi. Up.1.3. 24.
    -Comp. -अग्निः wrath of a king.
    -अङ्गनम् a royal court, the court-yard of a palace.
    -अदनः 1 the Piyāla tree.
    -2 The seed of the tree Chirongia Sapida; राजादनं कन्दरालम् Śiva B.3.15.
    -अधिकारिन्, -अधिकृतः 1 a government officer or official.
    -2 a judge.
    -अधिराजः, -इन्द्रः a king of kings, a supreme king, paramount sovereign, an emperor.
    -अधिष्ठानम् the capital of a king, metropolis.
    -अध्वन् m. a principal or royal road, main street, highway.
    -अनकः 1 an inferior king, a petty prince.
    -2 a title of respect for- merly given to distinguished scholars and poets.
    -अन्नम् 1 rice grown in Āndhra.
    -2 food obtain- ed from a king; राजान्नं तेज आदत्ते Ms.4.218.
    -अपसदः an unworthy or degraded king.
    -अभिषेकः coronation of a king.
    -अम्लः a kind of vegetable plant; Rumex Vesicarius (Mar. चुका).
    -अर्कः Calotropis Gigantea (मन्दार; Mar. रुई).
    -अर्हम् 1 aloewood, a spe- cies of sandal.
    -2 a kind of rice (राजान्न).
    -अर्हणम् a royal gift of honour.
    -अहिः a large snake (having two mouths).
    -आज्ञा a king's edict, an ordinance, a royal decree.
    -आभरणम् a king's ornament.
    -आम्रः a superior kind of mango.
    -आवर्तः a diamond of an in- ferior quality.
    -2 a diamond from Virāṭa country.
    -आवलिः, -ली a royal dynasty or genealogy.
    -आसनम् a throne.
    -आसन्दी Ved. a stand on which the Soma is placed.
    -इन्दुः an excellent king; दिलीप इति राजेन्दुरिन्दुः क्षीरनिधाविव R.1.12.
    -इष्टः a kind of onion. (
    -ष्टम्) = राजान्न q. v.
    -उपकरणम् (pl.) the paraphernalia of a king, the insignia of royalty.
    -उपसेवा royal service; Ms.3.64.
    -ऋषिः (
    राजऋषिः or
    राजर्षिः) a royal sage, a saint-like prince, a man of the Kṣatriya caste who, by his pious life and austere devotion, comes to be regarded as a sage or riṣi; e. g. पुरूरवस्, जनक, विश्वामित्र.
    -कन्या, -कन्यका a princess.
    -करः a tax or tribute paid to the king.
    -करणम् a law-court.
    -कर्णः an ele- phant's tusk.
    -कर्तृ m. a person who assists at a corona- tion; समेत्य राजकर्तारः सभामीयुर्द्विजातयः Rām.2.67.2.
    -कर्मन् n.
    1 the duty of a king.
    -2 royal service; cf. Ms.7.125.
    -कला a crescent of the moon (the 16th part of the moon's disc).
    -कलिः a bad king; cf. अशरण्यः प्रजानां यः स राजा कलिरुच्यते Mb.12.12.29.
    -कार्यम्, -कृत्यम् 1 state-affairs.
    -2 royal command.
    -कुमारः a prince.
    -कुलम् 1 a royal family, a king's family; अग्निरापः स्त्रियो मूर्खः सर्पो राजकुलानि च H.; नदीनां शस्त्रपाणीनां नखिनां शृङ्गिणां तथा । विश्वासो नैव कर्तव्यः स्त्रीषु राजकुलेषु च ॥ ibid.
    -2 the court of a king; आ दास्याः पुत्रि राजकुलं <?>ल्येतत् Nāg.3.12/13.
    -3 a court of justice; (राजकुले कथ् or निविद् caus. means 'to sue one in a court of law, lodge a complaint against).
    -4 a royal palace.
    -5 a king, master (as a respectful mode of speaking).
    -6 a royal servant; बध्नन्ति घ्नन्ति लुम्पन्ति दृप्तं राजकुलानि वै Bhāg. 1.41.36.
    -कोशनिघण्टुः also
    -व्यवहारकोशः N. of a dictionary in Shivaji's time compiled by his minister Raghunātha Paṇḍita.
    -क्षवकः a kind of mustard.
    -गामिन् 1 a. escheating to the sovereign (as the property of a person having no heir).
    -2 brought before the king (as slander); Ms.11.55.
    -गिरिः N. of a mountain in Magadha.
    -गुरुः a royal counsellor.
    -गुह्यम् a royal mystery; राजविद्या राजगुह्यं पवित्रमिदमुत्तमम् Bg.9.2.
    -गृहम् 1 a royal dwelling, royal palace.
    -2 N. of a chief city in Magadha (about 75 or 8 miles from Pāṭali- putra).
    -ग्रीवः a kind of fish.
    -घ a. sharp, hot. (
    -घः) a king-killer, regicide.
    -चिह्नम् 1 insignia of royalty, regalia.
    -2 the stamp on a coin.
    -चिह्नकम् the organ of generation (उपस्थ).
    -जक्ष्मन् = राजयक्ष्मन् q. v.
    -तरङ्गिणी N. of a celebrated historical poem treating of the kings of Kāśmīra by Kalhaṇa.
    -तरुः the कर्णि- कार tree,
    -तालः, ताली the betel-nut tree; राजतालीवनध्वनिः R.
    -दण्डः 1 a king's sceptre.
    -2 royal authority.
    -3 punishment inflicted by a king.
    -4 fine payable to a king.
    -दन्तः (for दन्तानां राजा) the front tooth; राजौ द्विजानामिह राजदन्ताः N.7.46; 'राजन्ते सुतनोर्मनोरमतमास्ते राज- दन्ताः पुरः' (शृङ्गारधनदशतकम् 67).
    -दूतः a king's ambas- sador, an envoy.
    -दृशद् f. the larger or lower mill- stone.
    -देयम्, -भागम् the royal claim, tax; न वृत्त्या परितुष्यन्ति राजदेयं हरन्ति च Mb.12.56.59.
    -दौवारिकः 1 = राजद्वारिकः q. v.
    -2 a royal messenger; Hch.4.
    -द्रोहः high treason, sedition, rebellion.
    -द्रोहिन् m. a traitor.
    -द्वार् f.,
    -द्वारम् the gate of royal palace; राजद्वारे श्मशाने च यस्तिष्ठति स बान्धवः Subhāṣ.
    -द्वारिकः a royal porter.
    -धर्मः 1 a king's duty.
    -2 a law or rule relating to kings (oft. in pl.).
    -धानम्, -धानकम्, -धानिका, -धानी the king's residence, the capital, metropolis, the seat of government; तौ दम्पती स्वां प्रति राजधानीं (प्रस्थापयामास) R.2.7.
    -धान्यम् Panicum Frumentaceum (Mar. सांवा).
    -धामन् n. a royal palace.
    -धुर् f.,
    -धुरा the burden or responsibility of government.
    -नयः, -नीतिः f. admini- stration of a state, administration of government, poli- tics, statesmanship.
    -नामन् m. Trichosanthes Dioeca (Mar. पडवळ).
    -नारायणः (in music) a kind of measure.
    -निघण्टुः N. of a dictionary of Materia Me- dica.
    -नीलम् an emerald.
    -पट्टः 1 a diamond of inferior quality.
    -2 a royal fillet.
    -पट्टिका f. the Chātaka bird.
    -पदम् royalty, sovereignty.
    -पथः, -पद्धतिः f. =
    राजमार्ग q. v.
    -पिण्डः the maintenance given by a king; अवश्यं राजपिण्डस्तैर्निवेश्य इति मे मतिः Mb.3.36.16.
    -पिण्डा a species of date.
    -पुंस् m. a royal servant.
    -पुत्रः 1 a prince.
    -2 a Kṣatriya, a man of the military tribe.
    -3 the planet Mercury.
    -4 N. of a mixed caste.
    -5 a Rajpoot.
    -5 A kind of mango.
    -पुत्रिका 1 a kind of bird.
    -2 Princess.
    -पुत्री 1 a princess.
    -2 a female of the Rajpoota tribe.
    -3 N. of several plants:-- जाती, मालती, कटुतुम्बी &c.
    -4 a kind of perfume (रेणुका).
    -5 a musk rat.
    -6 a kind of metal; also राजपत्नी.
    -पुरम् a royal city.
    -पुरुषः 1 a king's servant.
    -2 a minister.
    -पुष्पः the नागकेसर tree.
    -पूगः a kind of Areca-nut palm; Bhāg.4.6.17.
    -पौरुषिकः a royal servant; Mb.13.126.24.
    -प्रकृतिः a king's minister.
    -प्रसादः royal favour.
    -प्रेष्यः a king's servant. (
    -ष्यम्) royal service (more correctly राजप्रैष्य).
    -फणिञ्झकः an orange tree.
    -वदरम् salt.
    -बीजिन्, -वंश्य a. a scion of royalty, of royal descent.
    -भट्टिका a species of water-fowl.
    -भृतः a king's soldier.
    -भृत्यः 1 a royal servant or minister.
    -2 any public or govern- ment officer.
    -भोगः a king's meal, royal repast.
    -भोग्यम् nutmeg.
    -भौतः a king's fool or jester.
    -मणिः a royal gem.
    -मन्त्रधरः, -मन्त्रिन् m. a king's counsellor.
    -महिषी the chief queen.
    -मार्गः 1 a highway, high road, a royal or main road, principal street.
    -2 the way, me- thod or procedure of kings.
    -मार्तण्डः, -मृगाङ्कः (in music) a kind of measure.
    -माषः a kind of bean.
    -मुद्रा the royal seal.
    -यक्ष्मः, -यक्ष्मन् m. 'consumption of the moon', pulmonary consumption, consumption in general; राजयक्ष्मपरिहानिराययौ कामयानसमवस्थया तुलाम् R.19.5; राजयक्ष्मेव रोगाणां समूहः स महीभृताम् Śi.2.96; (for explana- tion of the word see Malli. thereon, as well as on Śi. 13.29).
    -यानम् a royal vehicle, a palanouin.
    -युध्वन् m.
    1 a king's soldier.
    -2 one who fights with a king; P.III.2.95.
    -योगः 1 a configuration of planets, asterisms &c. at the birth of a man which indicates that he is destined to be a king.
    -2 an easy mode of religious meditation (fit for kings to practise), as dis- tinguished form the more rigorous one called हठयोग q. v.
    -रङ्गम् silver.
    -राक्षसः a bad king.
    -राज् m.
    1 a supreme king.
    -2 the moon.
    -राजः 1 a supreme king, sovereign lord, an emperor.
    -2 N. of Kubera; अन्तर्बाष्प- श्चिरमनुचरो राजराजस्य दध्यौ Me.3.
    -3 the moon.
    -राज्यम् the state or dignity of Kubera; स्वर्लोके राजराज्येन सो$भि- षिच्येत भार्गव Mb.13.85.53.
    -रीतिः f. bell-metal.
    -लक्षणम् 1 any mark on a man's body indicating future royalty. royal insignia, regalia.
    -लक्ष्मन् n. royal insignia. (-m.) N. of Yudhiṣṭhira.
    -लक्ष्मीः, -श्रीः f. the fortune or pros- perity of a king (personified as a goddess), the glory or majesty of a king; स न्यस्तचिह्नामपि राजलक्ष्मीम् R.2.7.
    -लिङ्गम् a kingly mark.
    -लेखः a royal edict.
    -लोकः a. collection of princes or kings.
    -वंशः a dynasty of kings.
    -वंशावली genealogy of kings, royal pedigree.
    -वर्चसम् kingly rank or dignity.
    -वर्तः cloth of various colours.
    -वल्लभः 1 a king's favourite.
    -2 a kind of mango.
    -3 a kind of Jujube.
    -वसतिः 1 dwelling in a king's court.
    -2 a royal palace.
    -वाहः a horse.
    -वाह्यः a royal elephant.
    -विः the bluy jay.
    -विजयः (in music) a kind of Rāga.
    -विद्या 'royal policy', king- craft, state-policy, statesmanship; Bg.9.2; (cf. राजनय); so
    -राजशास्त्रम्; वीराश्च नियतोत्साहा राजशास्त्रमनुष्ठिताः Rām.1. 7.12.
    -विहारः a royal convent.
    -वृक्षः the tree Cassia Fistula; गुच्छैः कृतच्छविरराजत राजवृक्षः Rām. Ch.5.9.
    -वृत्तम् the conduct or occupation of a king; (कच्चित्) प्रजाः पालयसे राजन् राजवृत्तेन धार्मिक Rām.1.52.7.
    -वृत्तिः the works of a king; प्रत्यक्षाप्रत्यक्षानुमेया हि राजवृत्तिः Kau. A.1.9.
    -शफरः a Hilsā fish; L. D. B.
    -शासनम् a royal edict; दिवा चरेयुः कार्यार्थं चिह्निता राजशासनैः Ms.1.55.
    -शृङ्गम् a royal umbrella with a golden handle.
    -शेखरः N. of a poet.
    -संसद् f.,
    -सभा f. a court of justice.
    -सदनम् a palace.
    -सर्पः a kind of snake-devouring snake.
    -सर्षपः black mustard (the seed used as a weight; त्रसरेणवो$ष्टौ विज्ञेया लिक्षैका परिमाणतः । ता राजसर्षपस्तिस्रस्ते त्रयो गौरसर्षपः ॥ Ms.8.133).
    -सायुज्यम् sovereignty.
    -सारसः a peacock.
    -सूयः, -यम् 1 a great sacrifice performed by a universal monarch (in which the tributary princes also took part) at the time of his coronation as a mark of his undisputed sovereignty; राजा वै राजसूयेनेष्ट्वा भवति Śat Br.; cf. सम्राट् also; राजा तत्र सूयते तस्माद् राजसूयः । राज्ञो वा यज्ञो राजसूयः ŚB. on MS.4.4.1.
    -2 a lotus.
    -3 a mountain.
    - सौधः a king's palace.
    -स्कन्धः a horse.
    -स्थानाधिकारः Viceroyalty.
    -स्थानीयः a viceroy, governor.
    -स्वम् 1 royal property; राजस्वं श्रोत्रियस्वं च न भोगेन प्रणश्यति Ms.8.149.
    -2 tribute, revenue.
    -स्वर्णः a kind of thorn-apple.
    -स्वामिन् m. N. of Viṣṇu.
    -हंसः a flamingo (a sort of white goose with red legs and bill); संपत्स्यन्ते नभसि भवतो राजहंसाः सहायाः Me.11; कूजितं राजहंसानां नेदं नूपुरशिञ्जितम् V.
    -हत्या regicide.
    -हस्तिन् m. a royal elephant, i. e. a lordly and handsome elephant.
    -हासकः a kind of fish; L. D. B.

    Sanskrit-English dictionary > राजन् _rājan

  • 23 high

    1. adjective
    1) (at, from, or reaching up to, a great distance from ground-level, sea-level etc: a high mountain; a high dive; a dive from the high diving-board.) alto
    2) (having a particular height: This building is about 20 metres high; My horse is fifteen hands high.) de altura
    3) (great; large; considerable: The car was travelling at high speed; He has a high opinion of her work; They charge high prices; high hopes; The child has a high fever/temperature.) alto; elevado; grande
    4) (most important; very important: the high altar in a church; Important criminal trials are held at the High Court; a high official.) mayor; supremo; alto
    5) (noble; good: high ideals.) bueno, noble
    6) ((of a wind) strong: The wind is high tonight.) fuerte
    7) ((of sounds) at or towards the top of a (musical) range: a high note.) alto
    8) ((of voices) like a child's voice (rather than like a man's): He still speaks in a high voice.) agudo
    9) ((of food, especially meat) beginning to go bad.) pasado
    10) (having great value: Aces and kings are high cards.) importante; de gran valor

    2. adverb
    (at, or to, a great distance from ground-level, sea-level etc: The plane was flying high in the sky; He'll rise high in his profession.) alto
    - highness
    - high-chair
    - high-class
    - higher education
    - high fidelity
    - high-handed
    - high-handedly
    - high-handedness
    - high jump
    - highlands
    - high-level
    - highlight
    3. verb
    (to draw particular attention to (a person, thing etc).) destacar, hacer resaltar, poner de relieve
    - high-minded
    - high-mindedness
    - high-pitched
    - high-powered
    - high-rise
    - highroad
    - high school
    - high-spirited
    - high spirits
    - high street
    - high-tech
    4. adjective
    ((also hi-tech): high-tech industries.) de alta tecnología, de tecnología punta
    - high treason
    - high water
    - highway
    - Highway Code
    - highwayman
    - high wire
    - high and dry
    - high and low
    - high and mighty
    - the high seas
    - it is high time
    high adj
    1. alto
    it is over 29,000 feet high tiene más de 29.000 pies de altura
    2. fuerte
    3. agudo
    tr[haɪ]
    1 alto,-a
    ■ how high is that mountain? ¿qué altura tiene aquella montaña?
    2 (elevated, intense) alto,-a, elevado,-a
    3 (important) alto,-a, importante; (strong) fuerte
    4 SMALLMUSIC/SMALL alto,-a
    5 (very good) bueno,-a,
    6 (going rotten - food) pasado,-a; (- game) manido,-a
    7 (of time) pleno,-a
    8 slang (on drugs) flipado,-a, colocado,-a
    1 alto
    1 punto máximo, récord nombre masculino
    2 SMALLMETEOROLOGY/SMALL zona de alta presión, anticiclón nombre masculino
    \
    SMALLIDIOMATIC EXPRESSION/SMALL
    to be in for the high jump familiar tener los días contados
    to be in high spirits estar de buen humor
    to be on a high sentirse muy bien
    to fly high (bird, plane) volar alto, volar a gran altura 2 (person) picar alto
    to have friends in high places estar muy bien relacionado,-a
    to leave somebody high and dry dejar plantado,-a a alguien
    to search high and low for something buscar algo por todas partes
    high chair silla alta
    High Commissioner Alto Comisario, Alto Comisionado
    High Court Tribunal nombre masculino Supremo
    high jump SMALLSPORT/SMALL salto de altura
    high road carretera principal
    high season temporada alta
    high school SMALLBRITISH ENGLISH/SMALL instituto de enseñanza secundaria (para alumnos de entre 11 y 18 años) 2 SMALLAMERICAN ENGLISH/SMALL instituto de enseñanza secundaria (para alumnos de entre 15 y 18 años)
    high tea merienda-cena
    the high life la buena vida
    the High Street la Calle Mayor
    high ['haɪ] adv
    : alto
    high adj
    1) tall: alto
    a high wall: una pared alta
    2) elevated: alto, elevado
    high prices: precios elevados
    high blood pressure: presión alta
    3) great, important: grande, importante, alto
    a high number: un número grande
    high society: alta sociedad
    high hopes: grandes esperanzas
    4) : alto (en música)
    5) intoxicated: borracho, drogado
    high n
    1) : récord m, punto m máximo
    to reach an all-time high: batir el récord
    2) : zona f de alta presión (en meteorología)
    3) or high gear : directa f
    4)
    on high : en las alturas
    adj.
    • alto, -a adj.
    • atiplado, -a adj.
    • de altura adj.
    • elevado, -a adj.
    • eminente adj.
    • empinado, -a adj.
    • encandilado, -a adj.
    • encumbrado, -a adj.
    • manido, -a adj.
    • mayor adj.
    • prócer adj.
    • subido, -a adj.
    • sumo, -a adj.
    • superior adj.
    n.
    • alta presión s.f.
    • marcha directa s.f.

    I haɪ
    adjective -er, -est
    1)
    a) ( tall) <building/wall/mountain> alto

    how high is it? — ¿qué altura tiene?

    b) ( high up) <window/balcony> alto; < plateau> elevado

    high cheekbones — pómulos mpl salientes

    c) ( in status) <office/rank/officials> alto
    d) (morally, ethically) <ideals/principles/aims> elevado
    e) ( in pitch) < voice> agudo; < note> alto
    2)
    a) (considerable, greater than usual) <temperature/speed/pressure> alto; < wind> fuerte

    to have a high color — ( permanently) ser* rubicundo; ( because of a fever) estar* muy colorado or rojo

    to pay a high price for something — pagar* algo muy caro

    to be high in vitamins/proteins — ser* rico en vitaminas/proteínas

    b) (good, favorable)
    3)
    a) (Lit, Theat)

    a moment of high comedy/drama — un momento comiquísimo/muy dramático

    b) ( climactic) culminante
    4)
    a) (happy, excited)

    we had a high old time — (colloq) lo pasamos estupendamente

    b) ( intoxicated) (colloq) drogado, colocado (Esp fam)

    to be/get high on something — estar* drogado or (Esp tb) colocado/drogarse* or (Esp tb) colocarse* con algo (fam)

    5) ( of time)
    6) < meat> pasado; < game> que tiene un olor fuerte

    II
    adverb -er, -est
    a) < fly> alto

    high up — arriba, en lo alto

    to aim high — \<\<marksman\>\> apuntar alto; \<\<ambitious person\>\> picar* alto

    to search o hunt o look high and low (for something) — remover* cielo y tierra (para encontrar algo)

    b) ( in pitch) < sing> alto
    c) (in amount, degree)

    how high are you prepared to bid? — ¿hasta cuánto estás dispuesto a pujar or ofrecer?


    III
    1)
    a) c ( level) récord m
    b) u

    on high — ( in heaven) en las alturas; ( high above) en lo alto

    2) c ( Meteo) ( anticyclone) zona f de altas presiones; ( high temperature) máxima f
    3) c ( euphoria) (colloq) ( from drugs) viaje m (fam), colocón m (Esp fam); ( for other reasons)
    4) u ( top gear) (AmE Auto) (no art) directa f
    5) c ( high school) (AmE colloq) cole m (fam) ( secundario)
    [haɪ]
    1. ADJ
    (compar higher) (superl highest)
    1) (=tall, elevated) [building, mountain] alto; [plateau] elevado; [altitude] grande

    • the ceilings are very high — los techos son muy altos

    • high cheekbones — pómulos mpl salientes

    • he has a high forehead — tiene la frente muy ancha

    • how high is Ben Nevis/that tree? — ¿qué altura tiene el Ben Nevis/ese árbol?

    • economic reform is high on the agenda — la reforma económica figura entre los asuntos más importantes a tratar

    • the river is high — el río está crecido

    • I've known her since she was so high * — la conozco desde que era así (de pequeña)

    • the sun was high in the sky — el sol daba de pleno

    the boats lay at the river's edge, high and dry — los botes estaban en la orilla del río, varados

    - leave sb high and dry
    2) (=considerable, great) [level, risk, rent, salary, principles] alto; [price, tax, number] alto, elevado; [speed] alto, gran; [quality] alto, bueno; [colour] subido; [complexion] (characteristically) rojizo; (temporarily) enrojecido; [wind] fuerte

    temperatures were in the high 80s — las temperaturas alcanzaron los ochenta y muchos, las temperaturas rondaron los 90 grados

    • to have high blood pressure — tener la tensión alta, ser hipertenso

    • his team was of the highest calibre — su equipo era del más alto nivel

    • to have high hopes of sth, I had high hopes of being elected — tenía muchas esperanzas de que me eligieran

    • parsley is high in calcium — el perejil es rico en calcio

    • to have a high opinion of sb — (=think highly of) tener muy buena opinión or concepto de algn; (=be fond of) tener a algn en alta estima

    • to pay a high price for sth — (lit) pagar mucho dinero por algo; (fig) pagar algo muy caro

    • to have a high temperature — tener mucha fiebre, tener una fiebre muy alta

    - have a high old time

    it's high time... * —

    gear, priority, profile, spirit, stake, high 1., 4)
    3) (=important, superior) [rank, position, office] alto

    • high and mighty, she's too high and mighty — es demasiado engreída

    she moves in the circles of the high and mighty — se mueve en círculos de los poderosos, se mueve en círculos de gente de mucho fuste pej

    • high official — alto funcionario(-a) m / f

    - get up on one's high horse

    there's no need to get (up) on your high horse! — ¡no hace falta que te subas a la parra!

    - come down off or get off one's high horse

    in high places —

    4) (=high-pitched) [sound, note] alto; [voice] agudo

    on a high note —

    5) * (=intoxicated)

    to be high (on) — [+ drink, drugs] estar colocado (de) *

    to get high (on) — [+ drink, drugs] colocarse (de) *

    she was high on her latest success — estaba encantada or entusiasmada con su último éxito

    - be as high as a kite
    6) (Culin) (=mature) [game, cheese] que huele fuerte; (=rotten) [meat] pasado
    2. ADV
    (compar higher) (superl highest)
    1) (in height) [fly, rise] a gran altura

    • high above, an eagle circled high above — un águila circulaba en las alturas

    the town is perched high above the river — el pueblo está en un alto, sobre el río

    • to run high — [sea] estar embravecido; [river] estar crecido

    • high up, his farm was high up in the mountains — su granja estaba en lo alto de las montañas

    - hold one's head up high
    - live high on the hog
    - hunt or search high and low for sth/sb
    aim, fly, head 1., 1), stand 3., 5)
    2) (in degree, number, strength)

    • the bidding went as high as £500 — las ofertas llegaron hasta 500 libras

    3. N
    1)

    on high — (=in heaven) en el cielo, en las alturas

    there's been a new directive from on high — (fig) ha habido una nueva directriz de arriba

    2) (=peak)
    - be on a high
    3) (Econ) máximo m

    the Dow Jones index reached a high of 2503 — el índice de Dow Jones alcanzó un máximo de 2.503

    4) (Met) zona f de altas presiones; (esp US) temperatura f máxima
    5) (US) (Aut) (=top gear) directa f
    4.
    CPD

    high altar N — altar m mayor

    high beam N (US) (Aut) —

    high camp N — (Theat) amaneramiento m

    high chair N — silla f alta (para niño), trona f (Sp)

    High Church N — sector de la Iglesia Anglicana muy cercano a la liturgia y ritos católicos

    high comedy N — (Theat) comedia f de costumbres

    it was high comedy — (fig) era de lo más cómico

    high command N — (Mil) alto mando m

    high commission N — (=international body) alto comisionado m; (=embassy) embajada f (que representa a uno de los países de la Commonwealth en otro)

    high commissioner N — [of international body] alto comisario(-a) m / f; (=ambassador) embajador(a) m / f (de un país de la Commonwealth en otro)

    High Court N — (Jur) Tribunal m Supremo

    high-definition

    high dependency unit N — (Med) unidad f de alta dependencia

    high diving N — saltos mpl de trampolín de gran altura

    high explosive N — explosivo m de gran potencia; high-explosive

    high five, high-five N — choque m de cinco

    • to give sb a high five — chocar los cinco con algn

    high flier N —

    he's a high flier — es ambicioso, tiene talento y promete

    high ground N (fig) —

    they believe they have or occupy the moral high ground in this conflict — creen que tienen moralmente la razón de su parte en este conflicto

    high hat N — sombrero m de copa, cilindro * m; high-hat

    high heels NPL — (=heels) tacones mpl altos; (=shoes) zapatos mpl de tacón

    high jinks † * NPL — jolgorio msing, jarana f

    high jump N — (Sport) salto m de altura

    high jumper N — (Sport) saltador(a) m / f de altura

    the high life N — (gen) la buena vida; (in high society) la vida de la buena sociedad

    High Mass N — misa f mayor

    high noon N — (=midday) mediodía m; (fig) (=peak) apogeo m; (=critical point) momento m crucial

    high point N — [of show, evening] punto m culminante, clímax m inv ; [of visit, holiday] lo más destacado; [of career] punto m culminante, cenit m

    to throw or bring sth into high relief — (fig) poner algo de relieve

    high road N — (esp Brit) carretera f

    the high road to success/disaster — el camino directo al éxito/desastre

    high roller N — (US) (gen) derrochón(-ona) m / f; (gambling) jugador(a) m / f empedernido*

    high school N — (US, Brit) instituto m de enseñanza secundaria, ≈ liceo m (LAm)

    junior high (school) — (US) instituto donde se imparten los dos primeros años de bachillerato

    high school diploma N — (US) ≈ bachillerato m

    high school graduate N — (US) ≈ bachiller mf

    the high seas NPL — alta mar fsing

    high season N — temporada f alta

    high season prices/rates — precios mpl /tarifas fpl de temporada alta

    high sign N — seña f (acordada)

    high spot N — [of show, evening] punto m culminante, clímax m inv ; [of visit, holiday] lo más destacado; [of career] punto m culminante, cenit m

    high stakes NPL —

    - play for high stakes

    high street N — calle f mayor, calle f principal

    high street banks — bancos mpl principales

    high street shops — tiendas fpl de la calle principal

    high summer N — pleno verano m, pleno estío m

    high table N — (gen) mesa f principal, mesa f presidencial; (Univ, Scol) mesa f de los profesores

    high tea N — (Brit) merienda-cena f (que se toma acompañada de té)

    high tide N — pleamar f, marea f alta

    at high tide — en la pleamar, en marea alta

    high water N — pleamar f, marea f alta

    high-water mark

    high wire N — cuerda f floja

    high wire act N — número m en la cuerda floja, número m de funambulismo

    HIGH SCHOOL En Estados Unidos las high schools son los institutos donde los adolescentes de 15 a 18 años realizan la educación secundaria, que dura tres cursos ( grades), desde el noveno hasta el duodécimo año de la enseñanza; al final del último curso se realiza un libro conmemorativo con fotos de los alumnos y profesores de ese año Yearbook y los alumnos reciben el diploma de high school en una ceremonia formal de graduación. Estos centros suelen ser un tema frecuente en las películas y programas de televisión estadounidenses en los que se resalta mucho el aspecto deportivo - sobre todo el fútbol americano y el baloncesto - además de algunos acontecimientos sociales como el baile de fin de curso, conocido como Senior Prom.
    See:
    * * *

    I [haɪ]
    adjective -er, -est
    1)
    a) ( tall) <building/wall/mountain> alto

    how high is it? — ¿qué altura tiene?

    b) ( high up) <window/balcony> alto; < plateau> elevado

    high cheekbones — pómulos mpl salientes

    c) ( in status) <office/rank/officials> alto
    d) (morally, ethically) <ideals/principles/aims> elevado
    e) ( in pitch) < voice> agudo; < note> alto
    2)
    a) (considerable, greater than usual) <temperature/speed/pressure> alto; < wind> fuerte

    to have a high color — ( permanently) ser* rubicundo; ( because of a fever) estar* muy colorado or rojo

    to pay a high price for something — pagar* algo muy caro

    to be high in vitamins/proteins — ser* rico en vitaminas/proteínas

    b) (good, favorable)
    3)
    a) (Lit, Theat)

    a moment of high comedy/drama — un momento comiquísimo/muy dramático

    b) ( climactic) culminante
    4)
    a) (happy, excited)

    we had a high old time — (colloq) lo pasamos estupendamente

    b) ( intoxicated) (colloq) drogado, colocado (Esp fam)

    to be/get high on something — estar* drogado or (Esp tb) colocado/drogarse* or (Esp tb) colocarse* con algo (fam)

    5) ( of time)
    6) < meat> pasado; < game> que tiene un olor fuerte

    II
    adverb -er, -est
    a) < fly> alto

    high up — arriba, en lo alto

    to aim high — \<\<marksman\>\> apuntar alto; \<\<ambitious person\>\> picar* alto

    to search o hunt o look high and low (for something) — remover* cielo y tierra (para encontrar algo)

    b) ( in pitch) < sing> alto
    c) (in amount, degree)

    how high are you prepared to bid? — ¿hasta cuánto estás dispuesto a pujar or ofrecer?


    III
    1)
    a) c ( level) récord m
    b) u

    on high — ( in heaven) en las alturas; ( high above) en lo alto

    2) c ( Meteo) ( anticyclone) zona f de altas presiones; ( high temperature) máxima f
    3) c ( euphoria) (colloq) ( from drugs) viaje m (fam), colocón m (Esp fam); ( for other reasons)
    4) u ( top gear) (AmE Auto) (no art) directa f
    5) c ( high school) (AmE colloq) cole m (fam) ( secundario)

    English-spanish dictionary > high

  • 24 महा _mahā

    1
    महा A cow.
    2
    महा The substitute of महत् at the beginning of Karmadhāraya and Bahuvrīhi compounds, and also at the beginning of some other irregular words. (Note: The number of compounds of which महा is the first mem- ber is very large, and may be multiplied ad infinitum. The more important of them, or such as have peculiar significations, are given below.)
    -Comp. -अक्षः an epithet of Śiva. ˚पटलिक a chief keeper of archives.
    -अङ्ग a. huge, bulky.
    -(ङ्गः) 1 a camel.
    -2 a kind of rat.
    -3 N. of Śiva.
    -अञ्जनः N. of a mountain.
    -अत्ययः a great danger or calamity.
    -अध्वनिक a. 'having gone a long way', dead.
    -अध्वरः a great sacrifice.
    -अनसम् 1 a heavy carriage.
    -2 cooking utensils. (
    -सी) a kitchen-maid. (
    -सः, -सम्) a kitchen; सूपानस्य करिष्यामि कुशलो$स्मि महानसे Mb.4.2.2.
    -अनिलः a whirl- wind; महानिलेनेव निदाघजं रजः Ki.14.59.
    -अनुभाव a.
    1 of great prowess, dignified, noble, glorious, magnanimous, exalted, illustrious; ग्रहीतुमार्यान् परिचर्यया मुहुर्महानु- भावा हि नितान्तमर्थिनः Śi.1.17; Ś.3.
    -2 virtuous, righteous, just.
    (-वः) 1 a worthy or respectable person.
    -2 (pl.) people of a religious sect in Mahārāṣtra founded by Chakradhara in the 13th century.
    -अन्तकः 1 death.
    -2 an epithet of Śiva.
    -अन्धकारः 1 thick darkness.
    -2 gross (spiritual) ignorance.
    -अन्ध्राः (pl.) N. of a people and their country.
    -अन्वय, -अभिजन a. nobly-born, of noble birth. (
    -यः, -नः) noble birth, high descent.
    -अभिषवः the great extraction of Soma.
    -अमात्यः the chief or prime minister (of a king).
    -अम्बुकः an epithet of Śiva.
    -अम्बुजम् a billion.
    -अम्ल a. very sour. (
    -म्लम्) the fruit of the tamarind tree. अरण्यम् a great (dreary) forest, large forest.
    -अर्घ a. very costly, costing a high price; महार्घस्तीर्थानामिव हि महतां को$प्यतिशयः U.6.11. (
    -र्घः) a kind of quail.
    -अर्घ्य a.
    1 valuable, precious.
    -2 invaluable; ines- timable; see महार्ह below.
    -अर्चिस् a. flaming high.
    -अर्णवः 1 the great ocean.
    -2 N. of Śiva.
    -अर्थ a.
    1 rich.
    -2 great, noble, dignified.
    -3 important, weighty.
    -4 significant.
    -अर्बुदम् one thousand millions.
    -अर्ह a.
    1 very valuable, very costly; महार्हशय्यापरिवर्तनच्युतैः स्वकेशपुष्पैरपि या स्म दूयते Ku.5.12.
    -2 invaluable, inestimable; महार्हशयनोपेत किं शेषे निहतो भुवि Rām.6.19. 2. (
    -र्हम्) white sandal-wood.
    -अवरोहः the fig-tree.
    -अशनिध्वजः a great banner in the form of the thunderbolt; जहार चान्येन मयूरपत्रिणा शरेण शक्रस्य महाशनि- ध्वजम् R.3.56.
    - अशन a. voracious, gluttonous; Mb. 4.
    -अश्मन् m. a precious stone, ruby.
    -अष्टमी the eighth day in the bright half of Āśvina sacred to Durgā; आश्विने शुक्लपक्षस्य भवेद् या तिथिरष्टमी । महाष्टमीति सा प्रोक्ता......
    -असिः a large sword.
    -असुरी N. of Durgā.
    -अह्नः the afternoon.
    -आकार a. extensive, large, great.
    -आचार्यः 1 a great teacher.
    -2 an epithet of Śiva.
    -आढ्य a. wealthy, very rich. (
    -ढ्यः) the Kadamba tree.
    -आत्मन् a.
    1 high-souled, high-minded, magnanimous, noble; अयं दुरात्मा अथवा महात्मा कौटिल्यः Mu.7; द्विषन्ति मन्दाश्चरितं महात्मनाम् Ku.5.75; U.1.49; प्रकृतिसिद्धमिदं हि महात्मनाम् Bh.1.63.
    -2 illustrious, distinguished, exalted, eminent; किमाचाराः किमाहाराः क्व च वासो महात्मनाम् Mb.3. 1.4.
    -3 mighty (महाबल); अथायमस्यां कृतवान् महात्मा लङ्केश्वरः कष्टमनार्यकर्म Rām.5.9.74. (-m.)
    1 the Supreme Spirit; युगपत्तु प्रलीयन्ते यदा तस्मिन् महात्मनि Ms.1.54.
    -2 the great principle, i. e. intellect of the Sāṅkhyas. (महात्मवत् means the same as महात्मन्).
    -आनकः a kind of large drum.
    -आनन्दः, -नन्दः 1 great joy or bliss.
    -2 espe- cially, the great bliss of final beatitude.
    (-न्दा) 1 spirituous liquor.
    -2 a festival on the ninth day in the bright half of Māgha.
    -आपगा a great river.
    -आयुधः an epithet of Śiva.
    -आरम्भ a. undertaking great works, enterprizing. (
    -म्भः) any great enterprize.
    -आलयः 1 a temple in general.
    -2 a sanctuary, an asylum.
    -3 a great dwelling.
    -4 a place of pilgrimage.
    -5 the world of Brahman.
    -6 the Supreme Spirit.
    -7 a tree &c. sacred to a deity.
    -8 N. of a particular dark fortnight.
    -9 पितृश्राद्ध in the month of Bhādra- pada. (
    -या) N. of a particular deity.
    - आशय a. high- souled, nobleminded, magnanimous, noble; दैवात् प्रबुद्धः शुश्राव वराहो हि महाशयः Ks; राजा हिरण्यगर्भो महाशयः H.4; see महात्मन्.
    (-यः) 1 a noble-minded or magnanimous person; महाशयचक्रवर्ती Bv.1.7.
    -2 the ocean.
    -आस्पद a.
    1 occupying a great position.
    -2 mighty, powerful.
    -आहवः a great or tumultuous fight.
    -इच्छ a.
    1 magnanimous, noble-minded, high-souled, noble; मही महेच्छः परिकीर्य सूनौ R.18.33.
    -2 having lofty aims or aspirations, ambitious; विद्यावतां महेच्छानां...... नाश्रयः पार्थिवं विना Pt.1.37.
    -इन्द्रः 1 'the great Indra', N. of Indra; इयं महेन्द्रप्रभृतीनधिश्रियः Ku.5.53; R.13.2; Ms.7.7.
    -2 a chief or leader in general.
    -3 N. of a mountain range; पतिर्महेन्द्रस्य महोदधेश्च R.6.54;4.39,43. ˚चापः rain-bow. ˚नगरी N. of Amarāvatī, the capital of Indra. ˚मन्त्रिन् m. an epithet of Bṛihaspati. ˚वाहः the elephant Airāvata; महेन्द्रवाहप्रतिमो महात्मा Mb.9.17.52.
    -इभ्य a. very rich.
    -इषुः a great archer; अधिरोहति गाण्डीवं महेषौ Ki.13.16.
    -इष्वासः a great archer, a great warrior; अत्र शूरा महेष्वासा भामार्जुनसमा युधि Bg.1.4.
    -ईशः, -ईशानः N. of Śiva; महेशस्त्वां धत्ते शिरसि रसराजस्य जयिनीम् Udb. ˚बन्धुः the Bilva tree.
    -ईशानी N. of Pārvatī.
    -ईश्वरः 1 a great lord, sovereign; महेश्वरस्त्र्यम्बक एव नापरः R.; गोप्तारं न निधीनां कथयन्ति महेश्वरं विबुधाः Pt.2.74.
    -2 N. of Śiva.
    -3 of Viṣṇu.
    -4 a god (opp. प्रकृति).
    -5 the Supreme Being (परमात्मा); मायां तु प्रकृतिं विद्यान्मायिनं तु महेश्वरम् Śvet. Up.4.1. ˚सखः N. of Kubera; यया कैलासभवने महेश्वरसखं बली Mb.9.11.55.
    (-री) 1 N. of Durgā.
    -2 a kind of bell-metal.
    -उक्षः (for उक्षन्) a large bull; a full grown or strong bull; महोक्षतां वत्सतरः स्पृशन्निव R.3.32;4.22;6.72; Śi.5.63.
    -उत्पलम् a large blue lotus. (
    -लः) the Sārasa bird.
    -उत्सवः 1 a great festival or occasion of joy; नयनविषयं जन्मन्येकः स एव महोत्सवः Māl.1.36.
    -2 the god of love.
    -उत्साह a. possessed of great energy, energetic, persevering; अहं च कर्णं जानामि...... सत्यसंधं महोत्साहं...... Mb.3.91.2.
    (-हः) 1 perseverance.
    -2 great pride; ये जात्यादिमहो- त्साहान्नरेन्द्रान्नोपयान्ति च । तेषामामरणं भिक्षा प्रायश्चितं विनिर्मितम् ॥ Pt.1.38.
    -उदधिः 1 the great ocean; महोदधेः पूर इवेन्दु- दर्शनात् R.3.17.
    -2 an epithet of Indra. ˚जः a conch- shell, shell.
    - उदय a. very prosperous or lucky, very glorious or splendid, of great prosperity.
    (-यः) 1 (a) great elevation or rise, greatness, prosperity; नन्दस्त्वतीन्द्रियं दृष्ट्वा लोकपालमहोदयम् Bhāg.1.28.1; अपवर्ग- महोदयार्थयोर्भुवमंशाविव धर्मयोर्गतौ R.8.16. (b) great fortune or good luck. (c) greatness, pre-eminence.
    -2 final beatitude.
    -3 a lord, master.
    -4 N. of the district called Kānyakubja or Kanouja; see App.
    -5 N. of the capital of Kanouja.
    -6 sour milk mixed with honey.
    -7 = महात्मन् q. v.; संसक्तौ किमसुलभं महोदयानाम Ki.7.27. ˚पर्वन् a time of union of the middle of श्रवण नक्षत्र and the end of व्यतिपात (generally in the month of माघ or पौष at the beginning of अमावास्या).
    - उदर a. big-bellied, corpulent.
    -(रम्) 1 a big belly.
    -2 dropsy.
    -उदार a.
    1 very generous or magnanimous.
    -2 mighty, powerful.
    -उद्यम a. = महोत्साह q. v; महोद्यमाः कर्म समा- रभन्ते.
    -उद्योग a. very industrious or diligent, hard- working.
    -उद्रेकः a particular measure (= 4 प्रस्थs).
    -उन्नत a. exceedingly lofty. (
    -तः) the palmyra tree.
    -उन्नतिः f. great rise or elevation (fig. also), high rank.
    -उपकारः a great obligation.
    -उपाध्यायः a great preceptor, a learned teacher.
    -उरगः a great serpent; वपुर्महोरगस्येव करालफणमण्डलम् R.12.98.
    -उरस्क a. broad-chested. (
    -स्कः) an epithet of Śiva.
    -उर्मिन् m. the ocean; ततः सागरमासाद्य कुक्षौ तस्य महोर्मिणः Mb.3.2.17.
    -उल्का 1 a great meteor.
    -2 a great fire-brand.
    -ऋत्विज् m. 'great priest', N. of the four chief sacri- ficial priests.
    -ऋद्धि a. very prosperous, opulent. (-f.) great prosperity or affluence.
    -ऋषभः a great bull.
    -ऋषिः 1 a great sage or saint; यस्मादृषिः परत्वेन महांस्त- स्मान्महर्षयः; (the term is applied in Ms.1.34 to the ten Prajāpatis or patriarchs of mankind, but it is also used in the general sense of 'a great sage').
    -2 N. of Sacute;iva.
    -3 of Buddha.
    -ओघ a. having a strong current.
    -घः a very large number; शतं खर्व- सहस्राणां समुद्रमभिधीयते । शतं समुद्रसाहस्रं महौघमिति विश्रुतम् ॥ Rām.6.28.37.
    -ओष्ठ (महोष्ठ) a. having large lips. (
    -ष्ठः) an epithet of Śiva.
    -ओजस् a. very mighty or powerful, possessed of great splendour or glory; महौजसा मानधना धनार्चिताः Ki.1.19. (-m.) a great hero or warrior, a champion. (-n.) great vigour.
    -ओजसम् the discus of Viṣṇu (सुदर्शन). (
    -सी) N. of plant (Mar. कांगणी).
    -ओदनी Asparagus Racemosus (Mar. शतावरी).
    -ओषधिः f.
    1 a very efficacious medicinal plant, a sovereign drug.
    -2 the Dūrvā grass.
    -3 N. of various plants ब्राह्मी, श्वेतकण्टकारी, कटुका, अतिविष &c. ˚गणः a collection of great or medicinal herbs:-- पृश्निपर्णी श्यामलता भृङ्गराजः शतावरी । गुड्चा सहदेवी च महौषधिगणः स्मृतः ॥ cf. also सहदेवी तथा व्याघ्री बला चातिबला त्वचा । शङ्खपुष्पी तथा सिंही अष्टमी च सुवर्चला ॥ महौषध्यष्टकं प्रोक्तं....
    -औषधम् 1 a sovereign remedy, panacea.
    -2 ginger.
    -3 garlic.
    -4 a kind of poison (वत्सनाभ).
    -कच्छः 1 the sea.
    -2 N. of Varuṇa.
    -3 a mountain.
    -कन्दः garlic.
    -कपर्दः a kind of shell.
    -कपित्थः 1 the Bilva tree.
    -2 red garlic.
    -कम्बु a. stark naked. (
    -म्बुः) an epithet of Śiva.
    -कर a.
    1 large-handed.
    -2 having a large revenue.
    -कर्णः an epithet of Śiva.
    -कर्मन् a. doing great works. (-m.) an epithet of Śiva.
    -कला the night of the new moon.
    -कल्पः a great cycle of time (1 years of Brahman); Bhāg.7.15.69.
    -कविः 1 a great poet, a classical poet, such as कालिदास, भवभूति, बाण, भारवि &c.
    -2 an epithet of Śukra.
    -कषायः N. of a plant (Mar. कायफळ).
    -कान्तः an epithet of Śiva. (
    -ता) the earth.
    -काय a. big-bodied, big, gigantic, bulky.
    (-यः) 1 an elephant.
    -2 an epithet of Śiva.
    -3 of Viṣṇu.
    -4 of a being attending on Śiva (= नन्दि).
    -कारुणिक a. exceedingly compassionate.
    -कार्तिकी the night of full-moon in the month of Kārtika.
    -कालः 1 a form of Śiva in his character as the destroyer of the world; महाकालं यजेद्देव्या दक्षिणे धूम्रवर्णकम् Kālītantram.
    -2 N. of a cele- brated shrine or temple of Śiva (Mahākāla) (one of the 12 celebrated Jyotirliṅgas) established at Ujjayinī (immortalized by Kālidāsa in his Meghadūta, which gives a very beautiful description of the god, his temple, worship &c., together with a graphic picture of the city; cf. Me.3-38; also R.6.34); महाकालनिवासिनं कालीविलासिनमनश्वरं महेश्वरं समाराध्य Dk.1.1.
    -3 an epithet of Viṣṇu.
    -4 N. of a kind of gourd.
    -5 N. of Śiva's servant (नन्दि). ˚पुरम् the city of Ujjayinī. ˚फलम् a red fruit with black seeds; पक्वं महाकालफलं किलासीत् N.22.29.
    -काली an epithet of Durgā in her terrific form.
    -काव्यम् a great or classical poem; (for a full description of its nature, contents &c., according to Rhetoricians see S. D.559). (The number of Mahākāvyas is usually said to be five:-- रघुवंश, कुमारसंभव, किरातार्जुनीय, शिशुपालवध and नैषधचरित or six, if मेघदूत-- a very small poem or खण़्डकाव्य-- be added to the list. But this enumeration is apparently only traditional, as there are several other poems, such as the भट्टिकाव्य, विक्रमाङ्कदेवचरित, हरविजय &c. which have an equal claim to be considered as Mahākāvyas).
    -कीर्तनम् a house.
    -कुमारः the eldest son of a reigning prince, heir-apparent.
    -कुल, -कुलीन a. of noble birth or descent, sprung from a noble family, nobly born. (
    -लम्) a noble birth or family, high descent.
    -कुहः a species of parasitical worm.
    -कृच्छ्रम् a great penance.
    -केतुः N. of Śiva.
    -केशः, -कोशः 1 an epithet of Śiva.
    -2 a large sheath.
    -क्रतुः a great sacrifice; e. g. a horse-sacrifice; तदङ्गमग्ऱ्यं मघवन् महाक्रतोरमुं तुरङ्गं प्रतिमोक्तुमर्हसि R.3.46.
    -क्रमः an epithet of Viṣṇu.
    -क्रोधः an epithet of Śiva.
    -क्षत्रपः a great satrap.
    -क्षीरः sugar-cane.
    -क्षीरा f. a She-buffalo; Nighaṇṭaratnākara.
    -खर्वः, -र्वम् a high number (ten billions ?).
    -गजः a great elephant; see दिक्करिन्.
    -गणपतिः a form of the god Gaṇeśa.
    -गदः fever.
    -गन्ध a. exceedingly fragrant. (
    -न्धः) a kind of cane. (
    -न्धम्) a kind of sandal- wood. (
    -न्धा) N. of Chāmuṇḍā.
    -गर्तः, -गर्भः -गीतः N. of Śiva.
    -गर्दभगन्धिका N. of a plant, भारङ्गी.
    -गल a. longnecked.
    -गवः Bos gavaeus.
    -गुण a. very efficacious, sovereign (as a medicine); त्वया ममैष संबन्धः कपिमुख्य महागुणः Rām.5.1.12. (
    -णः) a chief quality, cardinal virtue.
    -गुरुः a highly respectable or venerable person; (these are three, the father, mother and preceptor; पिता माता तथाचार्यो महागुरुरिति स्मृतः).
    -गुल्मा the Soma plant.
    -गृष्टिः f. a cow with a large hump.
    -ग्रहः 1 an epithet of Rāhu.
    -2 the sun; महाग्रहग्राहविनष्टपङ्कः Rām.5.5.6.
    -ग्रामः N. of the ancient capital of Ceylon, the modern Māgama.
    -ग्रीवः 1 a camel.
    -2 an epithet of Śiva.
    -ग्रीविन् m. a camel.
    -घूर्णा spirituous liquor.
    -घृतम् ghee kept for a long time (for medicinal purposes).
    -घोष a. noisy, loud-sounding. (
    -षम्) a market, fair. (
    -षः) a loud noise, clamour.
    -चक्रम् the mystic circle in the शाक्त ceremonial.
    -चक्रवर्तिन् m. a universal monarch.
    -चण्डा N. of Chāmuṇḍā.
    -चपला a kind of metre.
    -चमूः f. a large army.
    -छायः the fig-tree.
    -जङ्घः a camel.
    -जटः an epithet of Śiva.
    -जटा 1 a great braid of hair.
    -2 the matted hair of Śiva.
    -जत्रु a. having a great collar-bone. (
    -त्रुः) an epithet of Śiva.
    -जनः 1 a multitude of men, a great many beings, the general populace or public; महाजनो येन गतः स पन्थाः Mb.3.313. 117; आगम्य तु ततो राजा विसृज्य च महाजनम् 6.98.25.
    -2 the populace, mob; विलोक्य वृद्धोक्षमधिष्ठितं त्वया महाजनः स्मेरमुखो भविष्यति Ku.5.7.
    -3 a great man, a distinguished or eminent man; महाजनस्य संसर्गः कस्य नोन्नतिकारकः । पद्मपत्रस्थितं तोयं धत्ते मुक्ताफलश्रियम् Pt.3.6.
    -4 the chief of a caste or trade.
    -5 a merchant, tradesman.
    -जवः an antelope.
    -जातीय a.
    1 rather large.
    -2 of an excellent kind.
    -जालिः, -ली N. of a plant (Mar. सोनामुखी)
    -जिह्वः an epithet of Śiva.
    -ज्ञानिन् m.
    1 a very learned man.
    -2 a great sage.
    -3 N. of Śiva.
    -ज्यैष्ठी the day of fullmoon in the month of Jyeṣṭha; ताभिर्दृश्यत एष यान् पथि महाज्यैष्ठीमहे मन्महे N.15.89; पूर्णिमा रविवारेण महाज्यैष्ठी प्रकीर्तिता Agni P.121.63.
    -ज्योतिस् m. an epithet of Śiva.
    -ज्वरः great affliction.
    -ज्वाल a. very brilliant or shining.
    (-लः) 1 N. of Śiva.
    -2 a sacrificial fire.
    -डीनम् a kind of flight; 'यानं महाडीनमाहुः पवित्रामूर्जितां गतिम्' Mb.8.41.27 (com.).
    -तपस् m.
    1 a great ascetic.
    -2 an epithet of Viṣṇu.
    -तलम् N. of one of the seven lower regions; see पाताल.
    -तारा N. of a Buddhist goddess.
    -तिक्तः the Nimba tree.
    -तिथिः the 6th day of a lunation.
    -तीक्ष्ण a. exceedingly sharp or pungent. (
    -क्ष्णा) the marking- nut plant.
    -तेजस् a.
    1 possessed of great lustre or splendour.
    -2 very vigorous or powerful, heroic. (-m.)
    1 a hero, warrior.
    -2 fire.
    -3 an epithet of Kārtikeya. (-n.) quick-silver.
    -त्याग, -त्यागिन् a. very generous. (-m.) N. of Śiva.
    -दंष्ट्रः a species of big tiger.
    -दन्तः 1 an elephant with large tusks.
    -2 an epithet of Śiva.
    -दण्डः 1 a long arm.
    -2 a severe punishment.
    -दम्भः an epithet of Śiva.
    -दशा the influence exercised (over a man's destiny) by a predominant planet.
    -दानम् the gift of gold equal to one's own weight; अथातः संप्रवक्ष्यामि महादानस्य लक्षणम्.
    -दारु n. the devadāru tree.
    -दुर्गम् a great calamity; Pt.
    -दूषकः a kind of grain.
    -देवः N. of Śiva.
    (-वी) 1 N. of Pārvatī.
    -2 the chief queen.
    -द्रुमः the sacred fig-tree.
    -द्वारम् a large gate, the chief or outer gate of a temple.
    -धन a.
    1 rich.
    -2 expensive, costly; हेमदण्डैर्महाधनैः Rām.7. 77.13.
    (-नम्) 1 gold.
    -2 incense.
    -3 a costly or rich dress.
    -4 agriculture, husbandry.
    -5 anything costly or precious.
    -6 great booty.
    -7 a great battle (Ved.).
    -धनुस् m. an epithet of Śiva.
    -धातुः 1 gold.
    -2 an epithet of Śiva.
    -3 lymph.
    -4 N. of Meru.
    -धी a. having a great understanding.
    -धुर्यः a full-grown draught ox.
    -ध्वजः a camel.
    -ध्वनिक a. dead.
    -नग्नः an athlete; Buddh.
    -नटः an epithet of Śiva; महानटः किं नु...... तनोति...... साम्प्रतमङ्गहारम् N.22.7; महानटबाहुनेव बद्धभुजाङ्केन Vās.
    -नदः a great river.
    -नदी 1 a great river, such as Gaṅgā, Kṛiṣṇā; मन्दरः पर्वतश्चाक्षो जङ्घा तस्य महानदी Mb.8.34.2; संभूयाम्भोधिमभ्येति महानद्या नगापगा Śi.2.1.
    -2 N. of a river falling into the bay of Bengal.
    -नन्दा 1 spirituous liquor.
    -2 N. of a river.
    -3 ninth day of the bright half of the month of Māgha; माघमासस्य या शुक्ला नवमी लोकपूजिचा । महानन्देति सा प्रोक्ता....
    -नरकः N. of one of the 21 hells.
    -नलः a kind of reed.
    -नवमी the ninth day in the bright half of Āśvina, sacred to the worship of Durgā ततो$नु नवमी यस्मात् सा महानवमी स्मृता.
    -नाटकम् 'the great drama', N. of a drama, also called Hanumannāṭaka, (being popularly ascribed to Hanumat); thus defined by S. D.:-- एतदेव यदा सर्वैः पताकास्थानकैर्युतम् । अङ्कैश्च दशभिर्धीरा महानाटकमूचिरे ॥
    -नाडी sinew, tendon.
    -नादः 1 a loud sound, uproar.
    -2 a great drum.
    -3 a thunder-cloud.
    -4 a shell.
    -5 an elephant.
    -6 a lion.
    -7 the ear.
    -8 a camel.
    -9 an epithet of Śiva. (
    -दम्) a musical instrument.
    -नाम्नी 1 N. of a परिशिष्ट of Sāmaveda.
    -2 (pl.) N. of 9 verses of Sāmaveda beginning with विदा मघवन् विदा.
    -नायकः 1 a great gem in the centre of a string of pearls.
    -2 a great head or chief.
    -नासः an epithet of Śiva.
    -निद्र a. fast asleep. (
    -द्रा) 'the great sleep', death.
    -निम्नम् intestines, abdomen.
    -नियमः an epithet of Viṣṇu.
    -निर्वाणम् total extinction of individuality (according to the Buddhists).
    -निशा 1 the dead of night, the second and third watches of the night; महानिशा तु विज्ञेया मध्यमं प्रहरद्वयम्
    -2 an epithet of Durgā.
    -नीचः a washerman.
    -नील a. dark-blue. (
    -लः) a kind of sapphire or emerald; इन्द्रनीलमहानीलमणिप्रवरवेदिकम् Rām.5.9.16; महा- महानीलशिलारुचः Śi.1.16;4.44; R.18.42; Kau. A.2.11. 29. ˚उपलः a sapphire.
    -नृत्यः, -नेत्रः an epithet of Śiva.
    -नेमिः a crow.
    -न्यायः the chief rule.
    -पक्ष a.
    1 having many adherents.
    -2 having a large family or retinue; महापक्षे धनिन्यार्थे निक्षेपं निक्षिपेद् बुधः Ms.8.179.
    (-क्षः) 1 an epithet of Garuḍa.
    -2 a kind of duck. (
    -क्षी) an owl.
    -पङ्क्तिः, -पदपङ्क्तिः a kind of metre.
    -पञ्चमूलम् the five great roots:-- बिल्वो$ग्निमन्थः श्योनाकः काश्मरी पाटला तथा । सर्वैस्तु मिलितैरेतैः स्यान्महापञ्चमूलकम् ॥
    -पञ्चविषम् the five great or deadly poisons:-- शृङ्गी च कालकूटश्च मुस्तको वत्सनाभकः । शङ्खकर्णीति योगो$यं महापञ्चविषाभिधः ॥
    -पटः the skin.
    -पथः 1 chief road, principal street, high or main road; संतानकाकीर्णमहापथं तत् Ku.7.3.
    -2 the passage into the next world, i. e. death.
    -3 N. of certain mountain-tops from which devout persons used to throw themselves down to secure entrance into heaven.
    -4 an epithet of Śiva.
    -5 the long pilgrimage to mount Ke- dāra.
    -6 the way to heaven.
    -7 the knowledge of the essence of Śiva acquired in the pilgrimage to Kedāra.
    -पथिक a.
    1 undertaking great journeys.
    -2 one receiving Śulka (toll) on the high way; cf. Mb.12.76.6 (com. महापथिकः समुद्रे नौयानेन गच्छन् यद्वा महापथि शुल्कग्राहकः)
    -पद्मः 1 a particular high number.
    -2 N. of Nārada.
    -3 N. of one of the nine treasures of Kubera.
    -4 N. of the southernmost elephant supporting the world.
    -5 an epithet of Nanda.
    -6 a Kinnara attendant on Kubera.
    (-द्मम्) 1 a white lotus.
    -2 N. of a city. ˚पतिः N. of Nanda.
    -पराकः a. a particular penance; Hch.
    -पराङ्णः a late hour in the afternoon.
    -पवित्रः an epithet of Viṣṇu.
    -पशुः large cattle; महापशूनां हरणे... दण्डं प्रकल्पयेत् Ms.8.324.
    -पातः a long flight; Pt.2.58.
    -पातकम् 1 a great sin, a heinous crime; ब्रह्महत्या सुरापानं स्तेयं गुर्वङ्गनागमः । महान्ति पातकान्याहुस्तत्संसर्गश्च पञ्चमम् ॥ Ms.1154.
    -2 any great sin or transgression.
    -पात्रः a prime minister.
    -पादः an epithet of Śiva.
    -पाप्मन् a. very sinful or wicked.
    -पुराणम् N. of a Purāṇa; महापुराणं विज्ञेयमेकादशकलक्षणम् Brav. P.
    -पुंसः a great man.
    -पुरुषः 1 a great man, an eminent or distinguished personage; शब्दं महापुरुषसंविहितं निशम्य U. 6.7.
    -2 the Supreme Spirit.
    -3 an epithet of Viṣṇu.
    -पौरुषिकः a worshipper of Viṣṇu; तदहं ते$भिधास्यामि महापौरुषिको भवान् Bhāg.2.1.1.
    -पुष्पः a kind of worm.
    -पूजा great worship; any solemn worship performed on extraordinary occasions.
    -पृष्ठः a camel.
    -पोटगलः a kind of large reed.
    -प्रजापतिः N. of Viṣṇu.
    -प्रतीहारः a chief door-keeper.
    -प्रपञ्चः the great universe.
    -प्रभ a. of great lustre. (
    -भः) the light of a lamp.
    -प्रभुः 1 a great lord.
    -2 a king, sovereign.
    -3 a chief.
    -4 an epithet of Indra.
    -5 of Śiva
    -6 of Viṣṇu.
    -7 a great saint or holy man.
    -प्रलयः 'the great dissolution', the total annihilation of the universe at the end of the life of Brahman, when all the lokas with their inha- bitants, the gods, saints &c. including Brahman himself are annihilated; महाप्रलयमारुत...... Ve.3.4.
    -प्रश्नः a knotty question.
    -प्रसादः 1 a great favour.
    -2 a great present (of food offered to an idol); पादोदकं च निर्माल्यं नैवेद्यं च विशेषतः । महाप्रसाद इत्युक्त्वा ग्राह्यं विष्णोः प्रयत्नतः
    -प्रस्थानम् 1 departing this life, death.
    -2 setting out on a great journey for ending life; इहैव निधनं याम महाप्रस्थानमेव वा Rām.2.47.7 (com. महाप्रस्थानं मरणदीक्षा- पूर्वकमुत्तराभिमुखगमनम्); Mb.1.2.365.
    -प्राणः 1 the hard breathing or aspirate sound made in the pronunciation of the aspirates.
    -2 the aspirated letters themselves (pl.); they are:-- ख्, घ्, छ्, झ्, ठ्, ढ्, थ्, ध्, फ्, भ्, श्, ष्, स्, ह्.
    -3 a raven.
    -प्राणता possession of great strength or essence; अन्यांश्च जीवत एव महाप्राणतया स्फुरतो जग्राह K.
    -प्रेतः a noble departed spirit.
    -प्लवः a great flood, deluge;... क्षिप्तसागरमहाप्लवामयम् Śi.14.71.
    -फल a.
    1 bearing much fruit.
    -2 bringing much reward.
    (-ला) 1 a bitter gourd.
    -2 a kind of spear.
    (-लम्) 1 a great fruit or reward.
    -2 a testicle.
    -फेना the cuttle-fish bone.
    -बन्धः a peculiar position of hands or feet.
    -बभ्रुः a kind of animal living in holes.
    -बल a. very strong; नियुज्यमानो राज्याय नैच्छद्राज्यं महाबलः Rām
    (-लः) 1 wind, storm.
    -2 a Buddha.
    -3 a solid bamboo.
    -4 a palm.
    -5 a crocodile.
    -बला N. of a plant; महाबला च पीतपुष्पा सहदेवी च सा स्मृता Bhāva. P. (
    -लम्) lead. ˚ईश्वरः N. of a Liṅga of Śiva near the modern Mahābaleśwara.
    -बाध a. causing great pain or damage.
    -बाहु a. long-armed, powerful. (
    -हुः) an epithet of Viṣṇu.
    -बि(वि)लम् 1 the atmosphere.
    -2 the heart.
    -3 a water-jar, pitcher.
    -4 a hole, cave.
    -बिसी a variety of skin (चर्म), a product of द्वादशग्राम in the Himālayas.
    -बी(वी)जः an epithet of Śiva.
    -बी (वी)ज्यम् the perinæum.
    -बुध्न a. having a great bottom or base (as a mountain).
    -बुशः barley.
    -बृहती a kind of metre.
    -बोधिः 1 the great intelligence of a Buddha.
    -2 a Buddha.
    -ब्रह्मम्, -ब्रह्मन् n. the Supreme Spirit.
    -ब्राह्मणः 1 a great or learned Brāhmaṇa.
    -2 a low or contemptible Brāhmaṇa.
    -भटः a great warrior; तदोजसा दैत्यमहाभटार्पितम् Bhāg.
    -भद्रा N. of the river Gaṅgā.
    -भाग a.
    1 very fortunate or blessed, very lucky or prosperous.
    -2 illustrious, distinguished, glo- rious; उभौ धर्मौ महाभागौ Mb.12.268.3; महाभागः कामं नरपतिरभिन्नस्थितिरसौ Ś.5.1; Ms.3.192.
    -3 very pure or holy, highly virtuous; पतिव्रता महाभागा कथं नु विचरिष्यति Mb.4.3.16.
    -भागता, -त्वम्, -भाग्यम् 1 extreme good fortune, great good luck, prosperity.
    -2 great excel- lence or merit.
    -भागवतम् the great Bhāgavata, one of the 18 Purāṇas. (
    -तः) a great worshipper of Viṣṇu.
    -भागिन् a. very fortunate or prosperous.
    -भाण्डम् a chief treasury.
    -भारतम् N. of the celebrated epic which describes the rivalries and contests of the sons of Dhṛitarāṣṭra and Pāṇḍu. (It consists of 18 Parvans or books, and is said to be the composition of Vyāsa; cf. the word भारत also); महत्त्वाद्भारतत्वाच्च महाभारतमुच्यते
    -भाष्यम् 1 a great commentary.
    -2 particularly, the great commentary of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini.
    -भासुरः an epithet of Viṣṇu.
    -भिक्षुः N. of Śākyamuni.
    -भीता a kind of sensitive plant (लाजाळू).
    -भीमः an epithet of king Śantanu.
    -भीरुः a sort of beetle or fly.
    -भुज a. long-armed, powerful.
    -भूतम् a great or primary element; see भूत; तस्यैतस्य महाभूतस्य निःश्वसितमेतद्यदृग्वेदः Up.; तं वेधा विदधे नूनं महाभूतसमाधिना R.1. 29; Ms.1.6.
    (-तः) 1 the Supreme Being.
    -2 a great creature.
    -भोगः 1 a great enjoyment.
    -2 a great coil or hood; great winding.
    -3 a serpent. (
    -गा) an epi- thet of Durgā.
    -मणिः 1 a costly or precious jewel; संस्कारोल्लिखितो महामणिरिव क्षीणो$पि नालक्ष्यते Ś.6.5.
    -2 N. of Śiva.
    -मति a.
    1 high-minded.
    -2 clever. (
    -तिः) N. of Bṛihaspati or Jupiter.
    -मत्स्यः a large fish, sea-monster.
    -मद a. greatly intoxicated. (
    -दः) an elephant in rut.
    -मनस्, -मनस्क a.
    1 high-minded, noble- minded, magnanimous; ततो युधिष्ठिरो राजा धर्मपुत्रो महामनाः Mb.4.1.7.
    -2 liberal.
    -3 proud, haughty. (-m) a fabulous animal called शरभ q. v.
    -मन्त्रः 1 any sacred text of the Vedas.
    -2 a great or efficacious charm, a powerful spell.
    -मन्त्रिन् m. the prime-minister, premier.
    -मयूरी N. of Buddhist goddess.
    -मलहारी a kind of Rāgiṇi.
    -महः a great festive procession; Sinhās.
    -महस् n. a great light (seen in the sky).
    -महोपाध्यायः 1 a very great preceptor.
    -2 a title given to learned men and reputed scholars; e. g. महामहो- पाध्यायमल्लिनाथसूरि &c.
    -मांसम् 'costly flesh', especially human flesh; न खलु महामांसविक्रयादन्यमुपायं पश्यामि Māl.4; अशस्त्रपूतं निर्व्याजं पुरुषाङ्गोपकल्पितम् । विक्रीयते महामांसं गृह्यतां गृह्यतामिदम् 5.12 (see Jagaddhara ad loc.).
    -माघी the full-moon day in the month of Māgha.
    -मात्र a.
    1 great in measure, very great or large.
    -2 most excellent, best; वृष्ण्यन्धकमहामात्रैः सह Mb.1.221.27; 5.22.37.
    (-त्रः) 1 a great officer of state, high state- official, a chief minister; (मन्त्रे कर्मणि भूषायां वित्ते माने परिच्छदे । मात्रा च महती येषां महामात्रास्तु ते स्मृताः); Ms. 9.259; गूढपुरुषप्रणिधिः कृतमहामात्रापसर्पः (v. l. महामात्यापसर्पः) पौरजानपदानपसर्पयेत् Kau. A.1.13.9; Rām.2.37.1.
    -2 an elephant-driver or keeper; मदोन्मत्तस्य भूपस्य कुञ्जरस्य च गच्छतः । उन्मार्गं वाच्यतां यान्ति महामात्राः समीपगाः ॥ Pt.1.161.
    -3 a superintendent of elephants.
    (-त्री) 1 the wife of a chief minister.
    -2 the wife of a spiritual teacher.
    -मानसी N. of a Jain goddess.
    -मान्य a. being in great honour with; मकरन्दतुन्दिलानामरविन्दानामयं महामान्यः Bv.1.6.
    -मायः 1 an epithet of Śiva.
    -2 of Viṣṇu.
    -माया 1 worldly illusion, which makes the material world appear really existent.
    -2 N. of Durgā; महामाया हरेश्चैषा यया संमोह्यते जगत् Devīmāhātmya.
    -मायूरम् a particular drug. (
    -री) N. of an amulet and a goddess; Buddh.
    -मारी 1 cholera, an epidemic.
    -2 an epithet of Durgā.
    -मार्गः high road, main street. ˚पतिः a superintendent of roads.
    -मालः N. of Śiva.
    -माहेश्वरः a great worshipper of Maheśvara or Śiva.
    -मुखः a crocodile.
    -मुद्रा a parti- cular position of hands or feet (in practice of yoga).
    -मुनिः 1 a great sage.
    -2 N. of Vyāsa.
    -3 an epithet of Buddha.
    -4 of Agastya.
    -5 the coriander plant. (
    -नि n.)
    1 coriander seed.
    -2 any medicinal herb or drug.
    -मूर्तिः N. of Viṣṇu.
    -मूर्धन् m. an epithet of Śiva.
    -मूलम् a large radish. (
    -लः) a kind of onion.
    -मूल्य a. very costly. (
    -ल्यः) a ruby.
    -मृगः 1 any large animal.
    -2 an elephant,
    -3 the fabulous animal called शरभ.
    -मृत्युः, -मेधः N. of Śiva.
    -मृत्युंजयः a kind of drug.
    -मृधम् a great battle.
    -मेदः the coral tree; महामेदाभिधो ज्ञेयः Bhāva. P.
    -मेधा an epithet of Durgā.
    -मोहः great infatuation or confusion of mind. (ससर्ज) महामोहं च मोहं च तमश्चाज्ञानवृत्तयः Bhāg.3.12.2. (
    -हा) an epithet of Durgā.
    -यज्ञः 'a great sacrifice', a term applied to the five daily sacrifices or acts of piety to be performed by a house-holder; अध्यापनं ब्रह्मयज्ञः पितृयज्ञस्तु तर्पणम् । होमो दैवो (or देवयज्ञः) बलिर्भौतो (or भूतयज्ञः) नृयज्ञो$तिथिपूजनम् ॥ Ms.3.7,71, (for explanation, see the words s. v.).
    -2 N. of Viṣṇu.
    -यमकम् 'a great Yamaka', i. e. a stanza all the four lines of which have exactly the same words, though different in sense; e. g. see Ki.15.52, where विकाशमीयुर्जगतीशमार्गणाः has four different senses; cf. also बभौ मरुत्वान् विकृतः समुद्रः Bk.1.19.
    -यशस् a. very famous, renowned, celebrated.
    -यात्रा 'the great pilgrimage', the pilgrimage to Benares.
    -यानम् N. of the later system of Buddhist teaching, firstly promul- gated by Nāgārjuna (opp. हीनयान).
    -याम्यः an epi- thet of Viṣṇu.
    -युगम् 'a great Yuga', consisting of the four Yugas of mortals, or comprising 4,32, years of men.
    -योगिन् m.
    1 an epithet of Śiva.
    -2 of Viṣṇu.
    -3 a cock.
    -योनिः f. excessive dilation of the female organ.
    -रक्तम् coral.
    -रङ्गः a large stage.
    -रजतम् 1 gold; उच्चैर्महारजतराजिविराजितासौ Śi.4.28.
    -2 the thorn-apple.
    -रजनम् 1 safflower.
    -2 gold.
    -3 turmeric; तस्य हैतस्य पुरुषस्य रूपं यथा महारजनं वासः Bṛi. Up.2.3.6.
    -रत्नम् 1 a precious jewel; वज्रं मुक्ता प्रवालं च गोमेदश्चेन्द्रनीलकः ॥ वैडूर्यः पुष्करागश्च पाचिर्माणिक्यमेव च । महारत्नानि चैतानि नव प्रोक्तानि सूरिभिः ॥ Śukra.4.155-56.
    -रथः 1 a great chariot.
    -2 a great warrior or hero; द्रुपदश्च महारथः Bg.1.4; कुतः प्रभावो धनंजयस्य महारथजयद्रथस्य विपत्तिमुत्पादयितुम् Ve.2; दशरथः प्रशशास महारथः R.9.1; Śi.3.22; (a महारथ is thus defined:-- एको दशसहस्राणि योधयेद्यस्तु धन्विनाम् ॥ शस्त्रशास्त्र- प्रवीणश्च विज्ञेयः स महारथः ॥).
    -3 desire, longing; cf. मनोरथ.
    -रवः a frog.
    -रस a. very savoury.
    (-सः) 1 a sugar- cane.
    -2 quicksilver.
    -3 a precious mineral.
    -4 the fruit of the date tree.
    -5 any one of the eight substan- ces given below:-- दरदः पारदं शस्ये वैक्रान्तं कान्तमभ्रकम् । माक्षिकं विमलश्चेति स्युरेते$ष्टौ महारसाः ॥ (
    -सम्) sour ricewater.
    -राजः 1 a great king, sovereign or supreme ruler; पञ्चाशल्लक्षपर्यन्तो महाराजः प्रकीर्तितः Śukra.1.184.
    -2 a respect- ful mode of addressing kings or other great personages (my lord, your majesty, your highness); इति सत्यं महाराज बद्धो$स्म्यर्थेन कौरवैः Mb.
    -3 a deified Jaina teacher.
    -4 a fingernail. ˚अधिराजः a universal emperor, para- mount sovereign. ˚चूतः a kind of mango tree.
    -राजिकः N. of Viṣṇu.
    -राजिकाः (m. pl.) an epithet of a class of gods (said to be 22 or 236 in number.).
    -राज्यम् the rank or title of a reigning sovereign.
    -राज्ञी 1 the reigning or chief queen, principal wife of a king.
    -2 N. of Durgā.
    -रात्रम् midnight, dead of night.
    -रात्रिः, -त्री f.
    1 see महाप्रलय; ब्रह्मणश्च निपाते च महाकल्पो भवेन्नृप । प्रकीर्तिता महारात्रिः.
    -2 midnight.
    -3 the eighth night in the bright half of Āśvina.
    -राष्ट्रः 'the great kingdom', N. of a country in the west of India, the country of the Marāṭhās.
    -2 the people of Mahārāṣṭra; the Marāṭhās (pl.). (
    -ष्ट्री) N. of the principal Prākṛita; dialect, the language of the people of the Mahārāṣṭra; cf. Daṇḍin:-- महाराष्ट्राश्रयां भाषां प्रकृष्टं प्राकृतं विदुः Kāv.1.34.
    -रिष्टः a kind of Nimba tree growing on mountains.
    -रुज्, -ज a. very painful.
    -रुद्रः a form of Śiva.
    -रुरुः a species of antelope.
    -रूप a. mighty in form.
    (-पः) 1 an epithet of Śiva.
    -2 resin.
    -रूपकम् a kind of drama.
    -रेतस् m. an epithet of Śiva.
    -रोगः a dangerous illness, grievous malady; (these are eight:-- उन्मादो राजयक्ष्मा च श्वासस्त्वग्दोष एव च । मधुमेहश्चाश्मरी च तथो- दरभगन्दरौ ॥).
    -रौद्र a. very dreadful. (
    -द्री) an epithet of Durgā.
    -रौरवः N. of one of the 21 hells; Ms.4.88-9.
    -लक्ष्मी 1 the great Lakṣmī, or Śakti of Nārāyaṇa; सेवे सैरिभमर्दिनीमिह महालक्ष्मीं सरोजस्थिताम्.
    -2 a young girl who represents the goddess Durgā at the Durgā festival.
    -लयः 1 a great world destruction.
    -2 the Supreme Being (महदादीनां लयो यस्मिन्).
    -लिङ्गम् the great Liṅga or Phallus. (
    -ङ्गः) an epithet of Śiva.
    -लोलः a crow.
    -लोहम् a magnet.
    -वंशः N. of a wellknown work in Pali (of the 5th century).
    -वक्षस् m. epithet of Śiva.
    -वनम् a large forest in Vṛindāvana.
    -वरा Dūrvā grass.
    -वराहः 'the great boar', an epithet of Viṣṇu in his third or boar incarnation.
    -वर्तनम् high wages;
    -वल्ली 1 the Mādhavī creeper.
    -2 a large creeping plant.
    -वसः the porpoise.
    -वसुः silver; Gīrvāṇa.
    -वाक्यम् 1 a long sentence.
    -2 any continuous composition or literary work.
    -3 a great proposition, principal sentence; such as तत्त्वमसि, ब्रह्मैवेदं सर्वम् &c.
    -4 a complete sentence (opp. अवान्तरवाक्य q. v.); न च महावाक्ये सति अवान्तरवाक्यं प्रमाणं भवति ŚB. on MS.6.4.25.
    -वातः a stormy wind, violent wind; महावाता<?>तैर्महिषकुलनीलैर्जलधरैः Mk.5.22.
    -वादिन् m. a great or powerful disputant.
    -वायुः 1 air (as an element).
    -2 stormy wind, hur- ricane, tempest.
    -वार्तिकम् N. of the Vārtikas of Kātyāyana on Pāṇini's Sūtras.
    -विडम् a kind of factitious salt.
    -विदेहा N. of a certain वृत्ति or condition of the mind in the Yoga system of philosophy.
    -विद्या the great lores; काली तारा महाविद्या षोडशी भुवनेश्वरी । भैरवी छिन्नमस्ता च विद्या धूमवती तथा । बगला सिद्धविद्या च मातङ्गी कमला- त्मिका । एता दश महाविद्याः... ॥
    -विपुला a kind of metre.
    -विभाषा a rule giving a general option or alternative; इति महाविभाषया साधुः.
    -विभूतिः an epithet of Śiva.
    -विषः a serpent having two mouths.
    -विषुवम् the vernal equinox. ˚संक्रान्तिः f. the vernal equinox (the sun's entering the sign Aries).
    -विस्तर a. very extensive or copious.
    -वीचिः N. of a hell.
    -वीरः 1 a great hero or warrior.
    -2 a lion.
    -3 the thunderbolt of Indra.
    -4 an epithet of Viṣṇu.
    -5 of Garuḍa.
    -6 of Hanumat.
    -7 a cuckoo.
    -8 a white horse.
    -9 a sacrificial fire.
    -1 a sacrificial vessel.
    -11 a kind of hawk. ˚चरितम् N. of a celebrated drama by Bhavabhūti.
    -वीर्य a. of great valour, very powerful.
    (-र्यः) 1 N. of Brah- man.
    -2 the Supreme Being. (
    -र्या) the wild cotton shrub.
    -2 an epithet of संज्ञा, the wife of the sun.
    -वृषः a great bull.
    -वेग a.
    1 very swift or fleet.
    (-गः) 1 great speed, excessive velocity.
    -2 an ape.
    -3 the bird Garuḍa.
    -वेघः a particular position of hands or feet (in the practice of Yoga).
    -वेल a. billowy.
    -व्याधिः f.
    1 a great disease.
    -2 a very bad kind of leprosy (black leprosy).
    -व्याहृतिः f. a great mystical word, i. e. भूर्, भुवस् and स्वर्.
    -व्रत a. very devotional, rigidly observing vows.
    (-तम्) 1 a great vow, a great reli- gious observance; a vow for not taking even water for a month; महाव्रतं चरेद्यस्तु Mb.12.35.22 (com. महाव्रतं मासमात्रं जलस्यापि त्यागः).
    -2 any great or funda- mental duty; प्राणैरपि हिता वृत्तिरद्रोहो व्याजवर्जनम् । आत्मनीव प्रियाधानमेतन्मैत्रीमहाव्रतम् Mv.5.59; क्रतौ महाव्रते पश्यन् ब्रह्मचारी- त्वरीरतम् N.17.23.
    -व्रतिन् m.
    1 a devotee, an ascetic.
    -2 an epithet of Śiva.
    -शक्तिः 1 an epithet of Śiva.
    -2 of Kārtikeya.
    -शङ्कुः the sine of the sun's eleva- tion.
    -शङ्खः 1 a great conch-shell; पौण्ड्रं दध्मौ महाशङ्खं Bg.1.15; महाशङ्खमयी माला ताराविद्याजपे प्रिया Tantra.
    -2 the temporal bone, forehead.
    -3 a human bone.
    -4 a particular high number.
    -5 one of Kubera's treasures.
    -शठः a kind of thorn-apple.
    -शब्द a. making a loud sound, very noisy, boisterous.
    -शल्कः a kind of sea- crab or prawn; Ms.3.272.
    -शालः a great householder.
    -शालिः a kind of large and sweetsmelling rice.
    -शाल्वणम् ('great fomentation') N. of a remedy; Suśr.
    -शासन a.
    1 exercising great power.
    -2 whose commands are great; त्रैलोक्यघिपतित्वमेव विरसं यस्मिन् महा- शासने Bh.3.8.
    (-नम्) 1 the knowledge of Brahma as expounded in the Upaniṣadas.
    -2 great order of government.
    -शिरस् m. a kind of serpent.
    -शिवरात्रिः N. of a festival on the 14th day of the dark half of Māgha,
    -शुक्तिः f. a pearl-shell.
    -शुक्ला an epithet of Sarasvatī.
    -शुभ्रम् silver.
    -शूद्रः (-द्री f.)
    1 a Sūdra in a high position.
    -2 a cowherd.
    -3 an upper servant. (
    -द्री) a female cow-keeper. (
    -द्रा) a Śudra woman in a high position.
    -शून्यम् a particular mental condi- tion of a Yogin.
    -शृङ्गः 1 a species of stag.
    -2 the शरभ animal.
    -श्मशानम् an epithet of Benares.
    -श्यामा the Sissoo tree. (Mar. शिसवी).
    -श्रमणः 1 an epithet of Buddha.
    -2 a Jain monk.
    -श्लक्ष्णा sand.
    -श्वासः a kind of asthma.
    -श्वेता 1 an epithet of Sarasvatī.
    -2 of Durgā.
    -3 white sugar.
    -संहिता great combi- nation.
    -संक्रान्तिः f. the winter solstice.
    -सती a very chaste woman.
    -सत्ता absolute existence.
    -सत्यः an epithet of Yama.
    -सत्त्व a.
    1 noble.
    -2 very strong or powerful.
    -3 just, righteous.
    (-त्त्वः) 1 a large animal.
    -2 N. of Sākyamuni.
    -3 an epithet of Kubera.
    -संधिविग्रहः the office of the minister of peace and war.
    -सन्नः an epithet of Kubera.
    -सन्निः m. (in music) a kind of measure.
    -समुद्रः the great ocean.
    -सर्गः a great or completely new creation (after a complete destruction of the world).
    -सर्जः the bread- fruit or jack-tree.
    -साधनभागः a great executive officer.
    -सांतपनः a kind of very rigid penance; see Ms.11. 218.
    -सांधिविग्रहिकः a minister of peace and war.
    -सामन्तः a great vassal.
    -सामान्यम् the widest genera- lity.
    -सारः a kind of Khadira tree.
    -सारथिः an epithet of Aruṇa.
    -साहसम् great violence or outrage, great audacity.
    -साहसिकः a dacoit, highwayman, a daring robber.
    -सिंहः the fabulous animal called Śarabha.
    -सिद्धिः f. a kind of magical power.
    -सुखम् 1 great pleasure.
    -2 copulation. (
    -खः) a Buddha.
    -सुगन्धम् a fragrant unguent.
    -सुगन्धिः a kind of antidote.
    -सुधा silver; Gīrvāṇa.
    -सुभिक्षम् good times.
    -सूक्तः the composer of the great Sūktas or hymns of the 1th Maṇḍala of the Ṛigveda.
    -सूक्ष्मा sand.
    -सूतः a mili- tary drum.
    -सेनः 1 an epithet of Kārtikeya; महासेन- प्रसूतिं तद्ययौ शरवणं महत् Rām.7.16.1.
    -2 the commander of a large army. (
    -ना) a great army.
    -स्कन्धः a camel.
    -स्थली the earth.
    -स्थानम् a great position.
    -स्नेहः a combination of the 4 kinds of fat.
    -स्मृतिः the Ṣaḍaṅgas and Smṛitis; महास्मृतिं पठेद्यस्तु तथैवानुस्मृतिं शुभाम् Mb.12.2.3.
    -स्रोतस् n. the bowels.
    -स्रग्विन् m. an epithet of Śiva.
    -स्वनः a kind of drum.
    -हंसः an epithet of Viṣṇu.
    -हविस् n. clarified butter.
    -हस्तः an epithet of Śiva.
    -हासः a loud or boisterous laughter, cachinnation.
    -हिमवत् m. N. of a mountain.
    -ह्रस्वा N. of a plant (Mar. कुहिली).

    Sanskrit-English dictionary > महा _mahā

  • 25 high

    1. adjective
    1) (at, from, or reaching up to, a great distance from ground-level, sea-level etc: a high mountain; a high dive; a dive from the high diving-board.) høj
    2) (having a particular height: This building is about 20 metres high; My horse is fifteen hands high.) høj
    3) (great; large; considerable: The car was travelling at high speed; He has a high opinion of her work; They charge high prices; high hopes; The child has a high fever/temperature.) høj
    4) (most important; very important: the high altar in a church; Important criminal trials are held at the High Court; a high official.) høj-; højeste; højtstående
    5) (noble; good: high ideals.) høj
    6) ((of a wind) strong: The wind is high tonight.) stærk
    7) ((of sounds) at or towards the top of a (musical) range: a high note.) høj
    8) ((of voices) like a child's voice (rather than like a man's): He still speaks in a high voice.) høj
    9) ((of food, especially meat) beginning to go bad.) blive dårlig
    10) (having great value: Aces and kings are high cards.) høj
    2. adverb
    (at, or to, a great distance from ground-level, sea-level etc: The plane was flying high in the sky; He'll rise high in his profession.) højt
    - highness
    - high-chair
    - high-class
    - higher education
    - high fidelity
    - high-handed
    - high-handedly
    - high-handedness
    - high jump
    - highlands
    - high-level
    - highlight     3. verb
    (to draw particular attention to (a person, thing etc).) fremhæve
    - high-minded
    - high-mindedness
    - high-pitched
    - high-powered
    - high-rise
    - highroad
    - high school
    - high-spirited
    - high spirits
    - high street
    - high-tech     4. adjective
    ((also hi-tech): high-tech industries.) hightech-; højteknologisk
    - high treason
    - high water
    - highway
    - Highway Code
    - highwayman
    - high wire
    - high and dry
    - high and low
    - high and mighty
    - the high seas
    - it is high time
    * * *
    1. adjective
    1) (at, from, or reaching up to, a great distance from ground-level, sea-level etc: a high mountain; a high dive; a dive from the high diving-board.) høj
    2) (having a particular height: This building is about 20 metres high; My horse is fifteen hands high.) høj
    3) (great; large; considerable: The car was travelling at high speed; He has a high opinion of her work; They charge high prices; high hopes; The child has a high fever/temperature.) høj
    4) (most important; very important: the high altar in a church; Important criminal trials are held at the High Court; a high official.) høj-; højeste; højtstående
    5) (noble; good: high ideals.) høj
    6) ((of a wind) strong: The wind is high tonight.) stærk
    7) ((of sounds) at or towards the top of a (musical) range: a high note.) høj
    8) ((of voices) like a child's voice (rather than like a man's): He still speaks in a high voice.) høj
    9) ((of food, especially meat) beginning to go bad.) blive dårlig
    10) (having great value: Aces and kings are high cards.) høj
    2. adverb
    (at, or to, a great distance from ground-level, sea-level etc: The plane was flying high in the sky; He'll rise high in his profession.) højt
    - highness
    - high-chair
    - high-class
    - higher education
    - high fidelity
    - high-handed
    - high-handedly
    - high-handedness
    - high jump
    - highlands
    - high-level
    - highlight     3. verb
    (to draw particular attention to (a person, thing etc).) fremhæve
    - high-minded
    - high-mindedness
    - high-pitched
    - high-powered
    - high-rise
    - highroad
    - high school
    - high-spirited
    - high spirits
    - high street
    - high-tech     4. adjective
    ((also hi-tech): high-tech industries.) hightech-; højteknologisk
    - high treason
    - high water
    - highway
    - Highway Code
    - highwayman
    - high wire
    - high and dry
    - high and low
    - high and mighty
    - the high seas
    - it is high time

    English-Danish dictionary > high

  • 26 त्रि _tri

    त्रि num. a. [Uṇ.5.66] (declined in pl. only, nom. त्रयः m., तिस्त्रः f., त्रीणि n.) Three; त एव हि त्रयो लोकास्त एव त्रय आश्रमाः &c. Ms.2.229; प्रियतमाभिरसौ तिसृभिर्बभौ R.9.18; त्रीणि वर्षाण्युदीक्षेत कुमार्यृतुमती सती Ms.9.9 [cf. L. tres; Gr. treis; A. S., Zend thri; Eng. three].
    -Comp. -अंशः 1 a three-fold share; त्र्यंशं दायाद्धरेद्विप्रः Ms.9.151.
    -2 a third part.
    -3 three-fourths.
    -अक्ष a. triocular.
    -अक्षः, -अक्षकः an epithet of Śiva; शुष्कस्नायु- स्वराह्लादात्त्र्यक्षं जग्राह रावणः Pt.5.57.
    -अक्षरः 1 the mystic syllable ओम् consisting of three letters; see under अ. आद्यं यत्त्र्यक्षरं ब्रह्म Ms.11.265.
    -2 a match- maker or घटक (that word consisting of three syllables).
    -3 a genealogist. (
    -री) knowledge, learning; see विद्या.
    -अङ्कटम्, -अङ्गटम् 1 three strings suspended to either end of a pole for carrying burdens.
    -2 a sort of colly- rium. (
    -टः) N. of Śiva.
    -अङ्गम् (pl.) a tripartite army (chariots, cavalry and infantry).
    -अङ्गुलम् three fingers' breadth.
    -अञ्जनम् the three kinds of collyrium; i. e. कालाञ्जन, रसाञ्जन and पुष्पाञ्जन.
    -अञ्जलम्, -लिः three handfuls taken collectively.
    -अधिपतिः (the lord of the 3 guṇas or worlds), an epithet of Viṣṇu; Bhāg.3.16.24.
    -अधिष्ठानः the soul. (
    नम्) spirit, life (चैतन्य). -a. having three stations; Ms.12.4.
    -अध्वगा, -मार्गगा, -वर्त्मगा epithets of the river Ganges (flowing through the three worlds).
    -अनीक a. having the three properties of heat, rain and cold; त्यनीकः पत्यते माहिनावान् Rv.3.56.3. (
    -का) an army consisting of horses, elephants and chariots.
    -अब्द a. three years old.
    -ब्दम् three years taken collectively.
    -अम्बकः (also त्रियम्बक in the same sense though rarely used in classical literature) 'having three eyes', N. of Śiva.; त्रियम्बकं संयमिनं ददर्श Ku.3.44; जडीकृतस्त्र्यम्बकवीक्षणेन R.2. 42;3.49. ˚सखः an epithet of Kubera; कुबेरस्त्र्यम्बकसखः Ak.
    -अम्बका an epithet of Pārvatī
    -अशीत a. eighty-third.
    -अशीतिः f. eighty-three.
    -अष्टन् a. twenty-four.
    -अश्र, -अस्र a. triangular. (
    -स्रम्) a triangle.
    -अहः 1 a period of three days.
    -2 a festival lasting three days.
    -आर्षेयाः deaf, dumb and blind persons.
    -आहिक a.
    1 performed or produced in three days.
    -2 recurring after the third day, tertian (as fever).
    -3 having provision for three days कुशूलकुम्भीधान्यो वा त्र्याहिको$श्वस्तनो$पि वा Y.1.128.
    -ऋचम् (
    तृचम् also) three Riks taken collectively; Ms.8.16.
    -ऐहिक a. having provision for three days.
    -ककुद् m.
    1 N. of the moun- tain Trikūṭa.
    -2 N. of Viṣnu or Kṛiṣṇa.
    -3 the highest, chief.
    -4 a sacrifice lasting for ten nights.
    -ककुभ् m. Ved.
    1 Indra.
    -2 Indra's thunderbolt.
    -कटु dry ginger, black pepper and long pepper taken together as a drug; शिरामोक्षं विधायास्य दद्यात् त्रिकटुकं गुडम् Śālihotra 62.
    -कण्टः, -कण्टकः a kind of fish.
    -करणी the side of a square 3 times as great as another.
    -कर्मन् n. the chief three duties of a Brāhmaṇa i. e. sacrifice, study of the Vedas, and making gifts or charity. (-m.) one who engages in these three duties (as a Brāhmaṇa).
    -काण्डम् N. of Amarsiṁha's dictionary.
    -कायः N. of Buddha.
    -कालम् 1 the three times; the past, the pre- sent, and the future; or morning, noon and evening.
    -2 the three tenses (the past, present, and future) of a verb. (
    -लम् ind. three times, thrice; ˚ज्ञ, ˚दर्शिन् a. omniscient (m.)
    1 a divine sage, seer.
    -2 a deity.
    -3 N. of Buddha. ˚विद् m.
    1 a Buddha.
    -2 an Arhat (with the Jainas).
    -कूटः N. of a mountain in Ceylon on the top of which was situated Laṅkā, the capital of Rāvaṇa.; Śi.2.5.
    -कूटम् sea-salt.
    कूर्चकम् a knife with three edges.
    -कोण a. triangular, forming a triangle.
    (-णः) 1 a triangle.
    -2 the vulva.
    -खम् 1 tin.
    -2 a cucumber.
    -खट्वम्, -खट्वी three bed- steads taken collectively.
    -क्षाराणि n. (pl.) salt-petre, natron and borax.
    -गणः an aggregate of the three objects of worldly existence; i. e. धर्म, अर्थ and काम; न बाधते$स्य त्रिगणः परस्परम् Ki.1.11; see त्रिवर्ग below.
    -गत a.
    1 tripled.
    -2 done in three days.
    -गर्ताः (pl.)
    1 N. of a country, also called जलन्धर, in the north- west of India.
    -2 the people or rulers of that country.
    -3 a particular mode of calculation.
    -गर्ता 1 a lascivious woman, wanton.
    -2 a woman in general.
    -3 a pearl.
    -4 a kind of cricket.
    -गुण a.
    1 consisting of three threads; व्रताय मौञ्जीं त्रिगुणां बभार याम् Ku.5.1.
    -2 three-times repeated, thrice, treble, threefold, triple; सप्त व्यतीयुस्त्रिगुणानि तस्य (दिनानि) R.2. 25.
    -3 containing the three Guṇas सत्त्व, रजस् and तमस्. (
    -णम्) the Pradhāna (in Sāṅ. phil.); (-ind.) three times; in three ways.
    -णाः m. (pl.) the three quali- ties or constituents of nature; त्रयीमयाय त्रिगुणात्मने नमः K.1.
    (-णा) 1 Māyā or illusion (in Vedānta phil.).
    -2 an epithet of Durgā.
    -गुणाकृतम् ploughed thrice.
    -चक्षुस् m. an epithet of Śiva.
    -चतुर a. (pl.) three or four; गत्वा जवात्त्रिचतुराणि पदानि सीता B.R.6.34.
    -चत्वा- रिंश a. forty-third.
    -चत्वारिंशत् f, forty-three.
    -जगत् n.
    -जगती the three worlds, (1) the heaven, the atmos- phere and the earth; or (2) the heaven, the earth, and the lower world; त्वत्कीर्तिः...... त्रिजगति विहरत्येवमुर्वीश गुर्वी Sūkti.5.59.
    -जटः an epithet of Śiva.
    -जटा N. of a female demon, one of the Rākṣasa attendants kept by Rāvaṇa to watch over Sītā, when she was retained as a captive in the Aśoka-vanikā. She acted very kindly towards Sītā and induced her companions to do the same; सीतां मायेति शंसन्ति त्रिजटा समजीवयत् R.12.74.
    -जातम्, जातकम् The three spices (mace, cardamoms, cinnamon).
    -जीवा, -ज्या the sine of three signs or 9˚, a radius.
    -णता a bow; कामुकानिव नालीकांस्त्रिणताः सहसामुचन् Śi.19.61.
    -णव, -णवन् a. (pl.) three times nine; i. e. 27.
    -णाकः the heaven; तावत्त्रिणाकं नहुषः शशास Bhāg.6.13.16.
    -णाचिकेतः 1 a part of the Adhvaryu-sacrifice or Yajur- veda, or one who performs a vow connected therewith (according to Kull. on Ms.3.185); Mb.13.9.26.
    -2 one who has thrice kindled the Nāchiketa fire or studied the Nāchiketa section of Kāṭhaka; त्रिणाचिकेत- स्त्रिभिरेत्य सन्धिम् Kaṭh.1.17.
    -णीता a wife ('thrice married'; it being supposed that a girl belongs to Soma, Gandharva and Agni before she obtains a human husband).
    -णेमि a. with three fellies; विचिन्वतो$भूत् सुमहांस्त्रिणेमिः Bhāg.3.8.2.
    -तक्षम्, तक्षी three carpen- ters taken collectively.
    -दण्डम् 1 the three staves of a Saṁnyāsin (who has resigned the world) tied togethar so as to form one.
    -2 the triple subjection of thought, word, and deed. (
    -ण्डः) the state of a religious ascetic; ज्ञानवैराग्यरहितस्त्रिदण्डमुपजीवति Bhāg.11.18.4.
    -दण्डिन् m.
    1 a religious mendicant or Saṁnyāsin who has renounced all worldly attachments, and who carries three long staves tied together so as to form one in his right hand; तल्लिप्सुः स यतिर्भूत्वा त्रिदण्डी द्वारका- मगात् Bhāg.1.86.3.
    -2 one who has obtained command over his mind, speech, and body (or thought, word, and deed); cf. वाग्दण्डो$थ मनोदण्डः कायदण्डस्तथैव च । यस्यैते निहिता बुद्धौ त्रिदण्डीति स उच्यते ॥ Ms.12.1.
    -दशाः (pl.)
    1 thirty.
    -2 the thirty-three gods:-- 12 Ādityas, 8 Vasus, 11 Rudras and 2 Aśvins. (
    -शः) a god, an immortal; तस्मिन्मघोनस्त्रिदशान्विहाय सहस्रमक्ष्णां युगपत्पपात Ku.3.1. ˚अङ्कुशः (-शम्) the heaven. ˚आयुधम् Indra's thunder- bolt; R.9.54. ˚आयुधम् rainbow; अथ नभस्य इव त्रिदशायुधम् R.9.54. ˚अधिपः, ˚ईश्वरः, ˚पतिः epithets of Indra. ˚अधिपतिः N. of Śiva. ˚अध्यक्षः, ˚अयनः an epithet of Viṣṇu. ˚अरिः a demon. ˚आचार्यः an epithet of Bṛihas- pati. ˚आधार Nectar. ˚आलयः, ˚आवासः
    1 heaven.
    -2 the mountain Meru.
    -3 a god. ˚आहारः 'the food of the gods', nectar. ˚इन्द्रः
    1 Indra.
    -2 Śiva.
    -3 Brahman. ˚गुरुः an epithet of Bṛihaspati, ˚गोपः a kind of insect; (cf. इन्द्रगोप) श्रद्दधे त्रिदशगोपमात्रके दाहशक्तिमिव कृष्णवर्त्मनि R.11.42. ˚दीर्घिका an epithet of the Ganges. ˚पतिः Indra; एषो$प्यैरावतस्थस्त्रिदशपतिः Ratn.4.11. ˚पुङ्गवः Viṣṇu; Rām.1. ˚मञ्जरी the holy basil. ˚वधू, ˚वनिता, an Apsaras or heavenly damsel; कैलासस्य त्रिदशवनितादर्पणस्यातिथिः स्याः Me.6. ˚वर्त्मन् the sky. ˚श्रेष्ठः
    1 Agni.
    -2 Brahman. ˚दशीभूत Become divine; त्रिदशीभूतपौराणां स्वर्गान्तरमकल्पयत् R.15.12.
    -दिनम् three days collectively. ˚स्पृश् m. concurrence of three lunations with one solar day.
    -दिवम् 1 the heaven; त्रिमार्गयेव त्रिदिवस्य मार्गः Ku.1.28; Ś.7.3.
    -2 sky, atmosphere.
    -3 paradise.
    -4 happi- ness. (
    -वा) cardamoms. ˚अधीशः, ˚ईशः
    1 an epithet of Indra.
    -2 a god. ˚आलयः the heaven; अश्वमेधजिताँल्लोका- नाप्नोति त्रिदिवालये Mb.13.141.53. ˚उद्भवा
    1 the Ganges.
    -2 small cardamoms. ˚ओकस् m. a god; वपुषि त्रिदिवौकसां परं सह पुष्पैरपतत्र्छिलीमुखाः Vikr.15.72. ˚गत dead; त्रिदिवगतः किमु वक्ष्यते पिता मे Vikr.6.62.
    -दृश् m. an epithet of Śiva.
    -दोषम् vitiation or derangement of the three humours of the body, i. e. वात, पित्त and कफ.
    -धा ind. in 3 parts, ways or places; triply, ˚त्वम् tripartition; Ch. Up.
    -धातुः an epithet of Gaṇeśa;
    -तुम् 1 the triple world.
    -2 the aggregate of the 3 minerals or humours.
    -धामन् m.
    1 N. of Viṣṇu.
    -2 of Vyāsa;
    -3 of Śiva.
    -4 of Agni.
    -5 death. -n. the heaven; हंसो हंसेन यानेन त्रिधाम परमं ययौ Bhāg.3.24.2.
    -धारा the Ganges.
    -नयन, -नेत्रः, -लोचनः epithets of Śiva; R.3. 66; Ku.3.66;5.72.
    - नवत a. ninety-third.
    -नवतिः f. ninety three.
    -नयना Pārvat&imacr.
    -नाभः Viṣṇu; Bhāg.8. 17.26.
    -नेत्रचूडामणिः the moon.
    -नेत्रफलः the cocoa-nut tree.
    -पञ्च a. three-fold five, i. e. fifteen.
    -पञ्चाश a. fiftythird.
    -पञ्चाशत् f. fifty-three.
    -पुटः glass (काच).
    -पताकः 1 the hand with three fingers stretched out or erect.
    -2 the forehead marked naturally with three horizontal lines.
    -पत्रकः the Palāśa tree.
    -पथम् 1 the three paths taken collectively, i. e. the sky, atmosphere, and the earth, or the sky, earth and the lower world.
    -2 a place where three roads meet. (
    -था) an epithet of Mathura. ˚गा, ˚गामिनी an epithet of the Ganges; गङ्गा त्रिपथगामिनी; धृतसत्पथस्त्रिपथगामभितः स तमारुरोह पुरुहूतसुतः Ki.6.1; Amaru.99.
    -पद्, -पाद्, -पात् m. Ved.
    1 Viṣṇu.
    -2 fever (personified).
    -पद a. three-footed. (
    -दम्) a tripod; त्रिपदैः करकैः स्थालैः...... Śiva. B.22. 62.
    -पदिका 1 a tripod.
    -2 a stand with three feet.
    -पदी 1 the girth of an elephant; नास्रसत्करिणां ग्रैवं त्रिपदी- च्छेदिनामपि R.4.48.
    -2 the Gāyatrī metre.
    -3 a tripod.
    -4 the plant गोधापदी.
    -परिक्रान्त a. one who walks thrice round a sacred fire.
    -पर्णः Kiṁśuka tree.
    -पाटः 1 intersection of a prolonged side and perpendicular (in a quadrangular figure).
    -2 the figure formed by such intersection.
    -पाटिका a beak.
    पाठिन् a.
    1 familiar with Saṁhitā, Pada, and Krama.
    -2 one who learns a thing after three repetitions.
    -पादः 1 the Supreme Being.
    -2 fever.
    -पाद् a.
    1 having three feet.
    -2 con- sisting of three parts, having three fourths; राघवः शिथिलं तस्थौ भुवि धर्मस्त्रिपादिव R.15.96.
    -3 trinomial. (-m.)
    1 an epithet of Viṣṇu in his dwarf incarnation.
    -2 the Supreme Being.
    -पिटकम् the 3 collections of Buddhistic sacred writings (सुत्त, विनय and अभिधम्म).
    -पुट a. triangular.
    (-टः) 1 an arrow.
    -2 the palm of the hand.
    -3 a cubit.
    -4 a bank or shore.
    -पुटकः a triangle.
    -पुटा an epithet of Durgā.
    -पुटिन् m. the castor-oil plant.
    -पुण्ड्रम्, -पुण्ड्रक a mark on the forehead consisting of three lines made with cowdung ashes.
    -पुरम् 1 a collection of three cities.
    -2 the three cities of gold, silver, and iron in the sky, air and earth built for demons by Maya; (these cities were burnt down, along the demons inhabiting them, by Śiva at the request of the gods); Ku.7.48; Amaru.2; संरक्ताभिस्त्रिपुरविजयो गीयते किन्नरीभिः Me.56; Bh.3.123; (
    -रः) N. of a demon or demons presiding over these cities. ˚अधिपतिः N. of Maya, ˚अन्तकः, ˚अरिः, ˚घ्नः, ˚दहनः, ˚द्विष् m., हरः &c. epithets of Śiva; अये गौरीनाथ त्रिपुरहर शम्भो त्रिनयन Bh.3.123; R.17.14. ˚दाहः burning of the three cities; मुहुरनुस्मरयन्तमनुक्षपं त्रिपुरदाहमुमापतिसेविनः Ki.5.14. ˚सुन्दरी Durgā.
    (-री) 1 N. of a place near Jabalpura, formerly capital of the kings of Chedi.
    -2 N. of a country.
    -पुरुष a
    1 having the length of three men.
    -2 having three assistants. (
    -षम्) the three ancestors- father, grand-father and great-grand-father.
    -पृष्ठम् the highest heaven; Bhāg.1.19.23. (
    ष्ठः) Viṣṇu.
    -पौरुष a.
    1 belonging to, or extending over, three generations of men.
    2 offered to three (as oblations).
    -3 inherited from three (as an estate).
    -प्रस्रुतः an elephant in rut.
    -फला (1) the three myrobalans taken collectively, namely, Terminalia Chebula, T. Bellerica, and Phyllanthus (Mar. हिरडा, बेहडा and आंवळकाठी). Also (2) the three sweet fruits (grape, pomegranate, and date); (3) the three fragrant fruits (nutmeg, areca- nut, and cloves).
    -बन्धनः the individual soul.
    -बलिः, बली, -वलिः, -वली f.
    1 the three folds or wrinkles of skin above the navel of a woman (regarded as a mark of beauty); क्षामोदरोपरिलसत्त्रिवलीलतानाम् Bh.1.93,81; cf. Ku.1.39.
    -2 the anus.
    -बलीकम् the anus.
    -बाहुः a kind of fighting with swords.
    -ब्रह्मन् a. with ब्रह्मा, विष्णु and महेश.
    -भम् three signs of the zodiac, or ninety degrees.
    -भङ्गम् a pose in which the image is bent at three parts of the body.
    -भद्रम् copulation, sexual union, cohabitation.
    -भागः 1 the third part; त्रिभागं ब्रह्महत्यायाः कन्या प्राप्नोति दुष्यती Mb.12.165.42.
    -2 the third part of a sign of the zodiac.
    -भुक्ल a. one possessed of learning, good conduct and good family-descent (Dānasāgara, Bibliotheca Indica,274, Fasc.1, p.29).
    -भुजम् a triangle.
    -भुवनम् the three worlds; पुण्यं यायास्त्रिभुवन- गुरोर्धाम चण्डीश्वरस्य Me.35; Bh.1.99. ˚गुरु Śiva. ˚कीर्तिरसः a patent medicine in Āyurveda. ˚पतिः Viṣṇu.
    -भूमः a palace with three floors.
    -मद the three narcotic plants; the three-fold haughtiness; Bhāg.3.1.43.
    -मधु n.
    -मधुरम् 1 sugar, honey, and ghee.
    -2 three verses of the Ṛigveda (1.9.6-8; मधु वाता ऋतायते˚).
    -3 a ceremony based on the same; L. D. B.
    -4 threefold utterance of a vedic stanza ˚मधु वाता -m. a reciter and performer of the above ceremony; L. D. B.
    -मार्गा the Ganges; त्रिमार्गयेव त्रिदिवस्य मार्गः Ku.1.28.
    -मुकुटः the Trikūṭa mountain.
    -मुखः an epithet of Buddha.
    -मुनि ind. having the three sages पाणिनि, कात्यायन and पतञ्जलि; त्रिमुनि व्याकरणम्.
    -मूर्तिः 1 the united form of Brahmā, Viṣṇu, and Maheśa, the Hindu triad; नमस्त्रिमूर्तये तुभ्यं प्रांक्सृष्टेः केवलात्मने । गुणत्रयविभायाय पश्चाद्भेदमुपेयुषे ॥ Ku.2.4.
    -2 Buddha, or Jina.
    -मूर्धन् m.
    1 a demon; त्रयश्च दूषण- खरस्त्रिमूर्धानो रणे हताः U.2.15.
    -2 a world called महर्लोक; G&imac;rvāṇa; cf. अमृतं क्षेममभयं त्रिमूर्ध्नो$धायि मूर्धसु Bhāg.2.6.19.
    -यव a. weighing 3 barley corns; Ms.8.134.
    -यष्टिः a necklace of three strings.
    -यामकम् sin.
    -यामा 1 night (consisting of 3 watches of praharas, the first and last half prahara being excluded); संक्षिप्येत क्षण इव कथं दीर्घयामा त्रियामा Me.11, Ku.7.21,26; R.9.7; V.3. 22.
    -2 turmeric.
    -3 the Indigo plant.
    -4 the river Yamuṇā.
    -युगः an epithet of Viṣṇu; धर्मं महापुरुष पासि युगानुवृत्तं छन्नः कलौ यदभवस्त्रियुगो$थ सत्त्वम् Bhāg.7.9.38; the god in the form of यज्ञपुरुष; Bhāg.5.18.35.
    -योनिः a law-suit (in which a person engages from anger, cove- tousness, or infatuation).
    -रसकम् spirituous liquor; see त्रिसरकम्.
    -रात्र a. lasting for three nights. (
    -त्रः) a festival lasting for three nights. (
    -त्रम्) a period of three nights.
    -रेखः a conch-shell.
    -लिङ्ग a. having three genders, i. e. an adjective.
    -2 possessing the three Guṇas. (
    -गाः) the country called Telaṅga. (
    -गी) the three genders taken collectively.
    -लोकम् the three worlds. (
    -कः) an inhabitant of the three worlds; यद्धर्मसूनोर्बत राजसूये निरीक्ष्य दृक्स्वस्त्ययनं त्रिलोकः Bhāg.3. 2.13. ˚आत्मन् m. the Supreme Being. ˚ईशः the sun. ˚नाथः 'lord of the three worlds', an epithet of
    1 Indra; त्रिलोकनाथेन सदा मखद्विषस्त्वया नियम्या ननु दिव्यचक्षुषा R.3.45.
    -2 of Śiva; Ku.5.77. ˚रक्षिन् a. protecting the 3 worlds; त्रिलोकरक्षी महिमा हि वज्रिणः V.1.6.
    -लोकी the three worlds taken collectively, the universe; सत्यामेव त्रिलोकीसरिति हरशिरश्चुम्बिनीविच्छटायाम् Bh.3.95; Śānti.4.22.
    -लोचनः Śiva.
    (-ना) 1 an unchaste woman.
    -2 an epithet of Durgā.
    -लोहकम् the three metals:-- gold, silver, and copper.
    -वर्गः 1 the three objects of wordly existence, i. e. धर्म, अर्थ, and काम; अनेन धर्मः सविशेषमद्य मे त्रिवर्गसारः प्रतिभाति भाविनि Ku.5.38; अन्योन्यानुबन्धम् (त्रिवर्गम्) Kau. A.1.7; प्राप त्रिवर्गं बुबुधे$त्रिवर्गम् (मोक्षम्) Bu. Ch.2.41.
    -2 the three states of loss, stability, and increase; क्षयः स्थानं च वृद्धिश्च त्रिवर्गो नीतिवेदिनाम् Ak.
    -3 the three qualities of nature, i. e. सत्त्व, रजस्, and तमस्.
    -4 the three higher castes.
    -5 the three myrobalans.
    -6 propriety, decorum.
    -वर्णकम् the first three of the four castes of Hindus taken collectively.
    -वर्ष a. three years old; Ms.5.7.
    -वलिः, -ली f. (in comp.) three folds over a woman's navel (regarded as a mark of beauty)
    -वली the anus.
    -वारम् ind. three times, thrice.
    -विक्रमः Viṣṇu in his fifth or dwarf incarnation. ˚रसः a patent medicine in Āyurveda.
    -विद्यः a Brāhmaṇa versed in the three Vedas.
    -विध a. of three kinds, three-fold.
    -विष्टपम्, -पिष्टपम् 1 the world of Indra, heaven; त्रिविष्टपस्येव पतिं जयन्तः R.6.78.
    -2 the three worlds. ˚सद् m. a god.
    -वृत् a.
    1 threefold; मौञ्जी त्रिवृत्समा श्लक्ष्णा कार्या विप्रस्य मेखला Ms.2.42.
    -2 consisting of three parts (as three गुणs, विद्याs); Bhāg.3.24.33;1.23.39; (consisting of three letters- ओङ्कार); हिरण्यगर्भो वेदानां मन्त्राणां प्रणवस्त्रिवृत् Bhāg.11.16.12. (-m.)
    1 a sacrifice.
    -2 a girdle of three strings; Mb.12.47.44.
    -3 an amulet of three strings. (-f.) a plant possessing valuable purgative properties. ˚करण combining three things, i. e. earth, water, and fire.
    -वृत्तिः livelihood through 3 things (sacrifice, study and alms).
    -वेणिः, -णी f. the place near Prayāga where the Ganges joins the Yamunā and receives under ground the Sarasvatī; the place called दक्षिणप्रयाग where the three sacred rivers separate.
    -वेणुः 1 The staff (त्रिदण्ड) of a Saṁnyāsin; केचित् त्रिवेणुं जगृहुरेके पात्रं कमण्डलुम् Bhāg.11.23.34.
    -2 The pole of a chariot; अथ त्रिवेणुसंपन्नं...... बभञ्ज च महारथम् Rām.3. 51.16; Mb.7.156.83; a three bannered (chariot); Bhāg.4.26.1.
    -वेदः a Brāhmaṇa versed in the three Vedas.
    -शक्तिः a deity (त्रिकला), Māyā; Bhāg.2.6.31.
    -शङ्कुः 1 N. of a celebrated king of the Solar race, king of Ayodhyā and father of Hariśchandra. [He was a wise, pious, and just king, but his chief fault was that he loved his person to an inordinate degree. Desiring to celebrate a sacrifice by virtue of which he could go up to heaven in his mortal body, he requested his family-priest Vasiṣṭha to officiate for him; but being refused he next requested his hundred sons who also rejected his absurd proposal. He, therefore, called them cowardly and impotent, and was, in return for these insults, cursed and degraded by them to be a Chāṇḍāla. While he was in this wretched condition, Viśvāmitra, whose family Triśaṅku had in times of famine laid under deep obligations, undertook to celebrate the sacrifice, and invited all the gods to be present. They, however, declined; whereupon the enraged Viśvāmitra. by his own power lifted up Triśaṅku to the skies with his cherished mortal body. He began to soar higher and higher till his head struck against the vault of the heaven, when he was hurled down head-foremost by Indra and the other gods. The mighty Viśvāmitra, however, arrested him in his downward course, saying 'Stay Triśaṅku', and the unfortunate monarch remained suspended with his head towards the earth as a constellation in the southern hemisphere. Hence the wellknown proverb:-- त्रिशङ्कुरिवान्तरा तिष्ठ Ś.2.]
    -2 the Chātaka bird.
    -3 a cat.
    -4 a grass-hopper.
    -5 a fire- fly. ˚जः an epithet of Hariśchandra. ˚याजिन् m. an epithet of Viśvāmitra.
    -शत a. three hundred.
    (-तम्) 1 one hundred and three.
    -2 three hundred.
    -शरणः a Buddha.
    -शर्करा three kinds of sugar (गुडोत्पन्ना, हिमोत्था, and मधुरा).
    -शाख a. three-wrinkled; भ्रुकुट्या भीषणमुखः प्रकृत्यैव त्रिशाखया Ks.12.72.
    -शालम् a house with three halls or chambers.
    -शिखम् 1 a trident; तदापतद्वै त्रिशिखं गरुत्मते Bhāg.1.59.9.
    -2 a crown or crest (with three points).
    -शिरस् m.
    1 N. of a demon killed by Rāma.
    -2 an epithet of Kubera.
    -3 fever. त्रिशिरस्ते प्रसन्नो$स्मि व्येतु ते मज्ज्वराद्भयम् Bhāg.1.63.29.
    -शीर्षः Śiva.
    -शीर्षकम्, -शूलम् a trident. ˚अङ्कः, ˚धारिन् m. an epithet of Śiva.
    -शुक्लम् the holy combination of 'three days' viz. Uttarāyaṇa (day of the gods), the bright half of the moon (day of the manes) and day- time; त्रिशुक्ले मरणं यस्य, L. D. B.
    -शूलिन् m. an epithet of Śiva.
    -शृङ्गः 1 the Trikūṭa mountain.
    -2 a triangle.
    -शोकः the soul.
    -षष्टिः f. sixty-three.
    -ष्टुभ् f. a metre of 4 x 11 syllables.
    -संध्यम्, -संध्यी the three periods of the day, i. e. dawn, noon, and sunset; also
    -त्रिसवनम् (
    -षवणम्); Ms.11.216.
    -संध्यम् ind. at the time of the three Sandhyas; सान्निध्यं पुष्करे येषां त्रिसन्ध्यं कुरुनन्दन Mb.
    -सप्तत a. seventy-third.
    -सप्ततिः f. seventy-three.
    -सप्तन्, -सप्त a. (pl.) three times 7, i. e. 21.
    -सम a. (in geom.) having three equal sides, equilateral.
    -सरः milk, sesamum and rice boiled together.
    -सरकम् drinking wine thrice ('सरकं शीधुपात्रे स्यात् शीधुपाने च शीधुनि' इति विश्वः); प्रातिभं त्रिसरकेण गतानाम् Śi.1.12.
    -सर्गः the creation of the 3 Guṇas; Bhāg.1.1.1.
    -साधन a. having a threefold causality; R.3.13.
    -सामन् a. singing 3 Sāmans (an उद्गातृ); उद्गाता तत्र संग्रामे त्रिसामा दुन्दुभिर्नृप Mb.12.98.27.
    -साम्यम् an equilibrium of the three (qualities); Bhāg.2.7.4.
    -सुपर्णः, -र्णम् 1 N. of the three Ṛigvedic verses (Rv.1.114.3-5).
    -2 N. of T. Ār.1.48-5; -a. familiar with or reciting these verses; Ms.3.185.
    -स्थली the three sacred places: काशी, प्रयाग, and गया.
    -स्थानम् the head, neck and chest to- gether; तन्त्रीलयसमायुक्तं त्रिस्थानकरणान्वितम् Rām.7.71.15. -a.
    1 having 3 dwelling places.
    -2 extending through the 3 worlds.
    -स्रोतस् f. an epithet of the Ganges; त्रिस्रोतसं वहति यो गगनप्रतिष्ठाम् Ś.7.6; R.1.63; Ku.7.15.
    -सीत्य, -हल्य a. ploughed thrice (as a field).
    -हायण a. three years old.

    Sanskrit-English dictionary > त्रि _tri

  • 27 अश्वः _aśvḥ

    अश्वः [अश्नुते अध्वानं व्याप्नोति, महाशनो वा भवति Nir.; अश्-क्वन् Uṇ.1.149]
    1 A horse; the horses are said to have 7 breeds:- अमृताद् बाष्पतो वह्नेर्वेदेभ्यो$ण़्डाच्च गर्भतः । साम्नो हयानामुत्पत्तिः सप्तधा परिकीर्तिता ॥
    -2 A symbolical expression for the number 'seven' (that being the number of the horses of the Sun) सूर्याश्वैर्मसजस्तताः सगुरवः शार्दूलविक्रीडितम् V. Ratn.
    -3 A race of men (horselike in strength); काष्ठतुल्यवपुर्धृष्यो मिथ्याचारश्च निर्भयः । द्वादशाङ्गुलमेढ्रश्च दरिद्रस्तु हयो मतः ॥
    -श्वौ (du.) A horse and a mare.
    -श्वाः horses and mares. [cf. L. equus; Gr. hippos; Zend aspa; Pers. asp.]
    -Comp. -अक्षः N. of a plant देवसर्षप.
    -अजनी a whip अश्वाजनि प्रचेतसो$श्वान् त्समत्सु चोदय Rv.6.75.13.
    -अधिक a. strong in cavalry, superior in horses.
    -अध्यक्षः a guardian of horses, commander of horse-cavalry.
    -अनीकम् a troop of horse- men, cavalry.
    -अरिः a buffalo.
    -अवरोहकः N. of a tree अश्वगन्धा.
    -आयुर्वेदः veterinary science concerning hores.
    -आरूढ a. mounted, sitting on horse-back.
    -आरोह a. riding or mounted on horse. (
    -हः)
    1 a horseman, rider.
    -2 one who is fighting.
    -3 a ride.
    (-हा), -आरोहकः N. of the plant अश्वगन्धा.
    -आरोहणीयम् Horsemen, cavalry. इदानीमश्वारोहणीयं क्व गतम् Pratijñā. 1.
    -आरोहिन् a. mounted or riding on horseback.
    -इषित a. hurried along by horses.
    - उरस a. broad-chested like a horse. (
    -सम्) the chief or principal horse.
    -कन्दा, -कन्दिका N. of a plant अश्वगन्धा.
    -कर्णः, -कर्णकः 1 a kind of tree (Vatica Robusta; Mar. साग, राळ) Rām.1.24.15; Māl.9.
    -2 the ear of a horse.
    -3 a term in surgery for a particular fracture of the bones. (
    -र्णः) N. of a mountain.
    -कुटी a stable for horses; Pt.5.
    -कुशल, -कोविद a. skilled in managing horses.
    -क्रन्दः 1 N. of a bird.
    -2 a general of the army of the gods.
    -खरजः [अश्वश्च खरी च अश्वा च खरश्च वा ताभ्यां जायते पुंवद्भावः Tv.] a kind of horse, mule.
    -खुरः 1 a horse's hoof.
    -2 a kind of perfume. (
    -रा) N. of the plant अपराजिता.
    -गति f.
    1 the pace of a horse.
    -2 N. of a metre containing four lines of sixteen syllables in each.
    -गन्धा [अश्वस्य गन्ध एकदेशो मेढ्रमिव मूलमस्याः] N. of a plant Physalis Flexuosa Lin; ˚तैलम् a kind of oil.
    -गुप्तः N. of a Buddhist teacher.
    -गोयुगः, -गम् a pair of horses.
    -गोष्ठम् a stable.
    -ग्रीवः 1 N. of a demon who was a foe of Viṣṇu.
    -घासः a pasture for horses.
    -घासकायस्थः An officer in charge of the fodder for the horses Rāj. T.3.489.
    -घोषः N. of a Buddhist writer.
    -घ्नः [अश्वं हन्ति अमनुष्यकर्तृकत्वात्]
    1 a horse-bane.
    -2 N. of a kind of Oleander, Nerium Odorum Ait. (Mar. पांढरी कण्हेर)
    -चक्रम् 1 a collection of horses.
    -2 a kind of wheel.
    -चर्या Taking care of a horse; तस्या- श्वचर्यां काकुस्थ दृढधन्वा महारथः (अंशुमानकरोत्) Rām.1.396-7.
    -चलनशाला a riding house.
    -चिकित्सकः, -वैद्यः a far- rier, a veterinary surgeon.
    -चिकिसा farriery, veteri- nary science.
    -चेष्टितम् 1 the motion of horses.
    -2 an omen, auspicious or inauspicious.
    -जघनः a kind of centaur; a creature having his lower limbs like those of a horse.
    -जित् a. gaining horses by conquest. Rv.2.21.1; पवस्व गोजिदश्वजित् Rv.9.59.1.
    -जीवनः gram.
    -तीर्थम् N. of a place of pilgrimage near Kānyakubja on the Gaṅgā; अदूरे कान्यकुब्जस्य गङ्गायास्तीर- मुत्तमम् । अश्वतीर्थं तदद्यापि मानैवः परिचक्ष्यते ॥ Mb.13.4.17
    -द a. giving horses; Ms.4.231.
    -दंष्ट्रा the plant Tribulus Lanuginosus (गोक्षुर, Mar. गोखरू).
    -दाः, -दावन् m. giving horses. अरिष्टो येषां रथो व्यश्वदावन्नीयते Rv.5.18. 3.
    -दूतः a riding messenger.
    -नदी N. of a river.
    -नाथः one who has the charge of a drove of grazing horses; a horse herd.
    -निबन्धिकः a groom, a horse- fastener.
    -निर्णिज् a. Ved. decorated or embellished with horses, गोअर्णसि त्वाष्ट्रे अश्वनिर्णिजि Rv.1.76.3.
    -पः Ved. a groom; Vāj.3.11.
    -पतिः 1 lord of horses Rv.8.21.3.
    -2 N. of several persons; of a king of Madra and father of Sāvitri.
    -पर्ण a. [अश्वानां पर्णं गमनं यत्र]
    1 having horses (as a chariot); Rv.1.88.1.
    -2 a cloud (that penetrates everywhere).
    -पालः, -पालकः, -रक्षः a horse-groom.
    -पुच्छी N. of the tree माषपर्णी Glycine Debilis. (Mar. रान उडीद).
    -पृष्ठम् horse back.
    -पेशस् a. decorated or embellished with horses; ये स्तोतृभ्यो गोअग्रामश्वपेशसम् Rv.2.1.16.
    -बन्धः a groom.
    -बन्धन a. used for fastening horses. (
    -नम्) fastening of horses.
    -बला N. of a vegetable (Mar. मेथी).
    -बालः 1 a kind of reed, Saccharum Spontaneum Lin. (Mar. बोरू).
    -2 the tail or hair of a horse.
    -बुध्न a. Ved. based on horses, standing on horses, i. e. on a carriage drawn by horses; अस्य पत्मन्नरुषीरश्ववुध्ना Rv.1.8.3.
    -बुध्य a. Ved. based on horses, having its origin in horses (wealth); distinguished by horses Rv.1.121. 14.
    -भा lightning.
    -मन्दुरा A stable of horses.
    -महिषिका [अश्वमहिषयोर्वैरं वुन्] the natural enmity be- tween a horse and a buffalo.
    -मारः, -मारकः, -हन्तृ m. 'horse-destroying', a kind of Oleander, Nerium Odorum Ait. (Mar. पांढरी कण्हेर).
    -मालः a kind of serpent.
    -मुख a. [अश्वस्य मुखमिव मुखमस्य] having the head or face of a horse. (
    -खः) a horse-faced creature, a Kinnara or celestial chorister; (according to others) a kind of demigod distinct from the preceding. (
    -खी) a Kinnara woman; भिन्दन्ति मन्दां गतिमश्वमुख्यः Ku.1.11.
    -मुक् m. a horse-stealer.
    -मेधः [अश्वः प्रधानतया मेध्यते हिंस्यते$त्र, मेध् हिंसने घञ्] a horse-sacrifice; यथाश्वमेधः क्रतुराट् सर्वपापापनोदनः Ms.11.26. [In Vedic times this sacrifice was performed by kings desirous of offspring; but subsequently it was performed only by kings and implied that he who instituted it, was a conqueror and king of kings. A horse was turned loose to wander at will for a year, attended by a guardian; when the horse entered a foreign country, the ruler was bound either to submit or to fight. In this way the horse returned at the end of a year, the guardian obtaining or enforcing the submission of princes whom he brought in his train. After the successful return of the horse, the rite called Asva- medha was performed amidst great rejoicings. It was believed that the performance of 1 such sacrifices would lead to the attainment of the seat or world of Indra, who is, therefore, always repre- sented as trying to prevent the completion of the hundredth sacrifice. cf. Rv.1.162-163 hymns; Vāj.22 seq.]
    ˚काण्डम् N. of the thirteenth book of the Śatapatha Brāhmaṇa.
    -मेधिक, -मेधीय a. fit for a horse-sacrifice, or relating to it. (
    -कः, -यः) a horse fit for the Aśvamedha sacrifice. (
    -कम्) the fourteenth parvan in the Mahābhārata; ततो$श्वमेधिकं पर्व प्रोक्तं तच्च चतुर्दशम् Mb.
    -युज् a.
    1 yoking the horses; वयोवृधो अश्वयुजः परिज्रयः Rv.5.54.2.
    -2 having horses yoked to it (as a carriage); रथेनाश्वयुजा Rām.
    -3 born under the constellation अश्वयुज्. (f.)
    1 N. of a constellation, the head of Aries.
    -2 the first lunar mansion.
    -3 the month of Āśvina.
    -4 a chariot having horses.
    -यूपः the post to which the sacrificial horse was bound; ये अश्वयूपाय तक्षति Rv.1.162.6.
    -योग a.
    1 causing the yoking of horses.
    -2 joining or reaching as quickly as horses; उत न ईं मतयो$श्वयोगाः Rv.1.186.7.
    -रक्षः the keeper or rider of a horse, a groom.
    -रथः a carriage drawn by horses. (
    -था) N. of a river near गन्धमादन.
    -रत्नम्, -राजः the best or lord of horses; i. e. उच्चैःश्रवस्.
    -राधस् a. Ved. furnishing horses; शुम्भन्त्यश्वराधसः Rv.1.21.2.
    -रिपुः A buffalo; Bhāvaprakāśa.
    -रोधकः N. of a plant (अंश्वमार); see अश्वघ्न.
    -लक्षणम् a sign or mark of a horse.
    -ललितम् N. of a species of the Vikṛiti metre.
    -लाला a kind of snake.
    -लोमन् n. horse-hair; a kind of snake.
    -वक्त्रः = अश्वमुख q. v.; a Kinnara or Gandharva.
    -वडवम् a stud of horses and mares; P.II.4.12,27. mares.
    -वदनः = ˚मुख.
    -वहः a horseman.
    -वाजिन् a. Having the strength of a horse; स मातरिश्वा विभुरश्ववाजी Mb.13.158.2.
    -वारः, -वालः, -वारकः [अश्वं वारयति उप. स.] a horseman, groom; दुःखेन निश्चक्रमुरश्ववाराः Śi.3.66.
    -वारणम् N. of the Bos Gavaeus (गवय).
    -वाहः, -वाहकः [अश्वं वाहयति चालयति] a horseman.
    -विक्रयिन् a. a horse-dealer.
    -विद् a.
    1 skilled in taming or managing horses.
    -2 [अश्वं विन्दते विद्-क्विप्] procuring horses; उत नो गोविद- श्ववित् Rv.9.55.3. (m.)
    1 a jockey.
    -2 an epithet of Nala.
    -वृषः a stallion; वडवेतराभवदश्ववृष इतरः Bṛi. Up.1.4.4.
    -वैद्यः a farrier.
    -व्रतम् N. of sāman.
    -शकृत् n.,
    -शकम् Ved.
    1 excrements of a horse, horse-dung.
    -2 N. of a river.
    -शङ्कुः a pillar to tie a horse.
    -शाला a stable;
    -शावः a colt, a foal.
    -शास्त्रम् 1 manual or text-book of veterinary science;
    -2 N. of the work of Nakula.
    -शिरस् a. having the head of a horse, an epithet of Nārāyaṇa. (n.)
    1 a horse's head.
    -2 N. of a Dānava.
    -शृगालिका [अश्वशृगालयोर्वैरं द्वन्द्वाद् वैरे वुन्] the natural enmity between a horse and a jackal.
    -षङ्गवम् a set or team of six horses.
    -सधर्मन् a. Resembling horses in work; अश्वसधर्माणो हि मनुष्याः नियुक्ताः कर्मसु विकुर्वते । Kau. A.2.9.
    -सनि, -षा, -सा a. Ved. (P.VIII.3.11 and Mbh.) gaining or procuring horses, giving horses; यस्ते$अश्वसनिर्भक्षो Vāj.8. 12.
    -सादः, -सादिन् m. a horseman, a rider, a horse- soldier; पूर्वं प्रहर्ता न जघान भूयः प्रतिप्रहाराक्षममश्वसादी R.7. 47; Vāj.3-13.
    -सारथ्यम् coachmanship, charioteer- ship, management of horses and chariots; सूतानाम- श्वसारथ्यम् Ms.1.47.
    -सूक्तिन् N. of the author of the hymns Rv.8.14.15.
    -सूत्रम् A text book of the management of horses.
    -सूनृत a. Ved.
    1 praised sincerely for (the gift of) horses; cf. Rv.5.79,1-1.
    -2 whose praise for (giving) horses is agreeable and true.
    -सेनः 1 N. of a king.
    -2 N. of a Nāga.
    -3 N. of the father of the twentythird Arhat of the present Avasarpiṇī.
    -स्तोमीय a. relating to the praise of the sacrificial horse. N. of the Ṛigvedic hymn 1. 162.
    -स्थान a. born in a stable. (
    -नम्) a stable or stall for horses; Y.1.279.
    -हन्तृ a. killing a horse, (
    -ता) N. of a fragrant plant.
    -हय a. [अश्वेन हिनोति गच्छति हि कर्तरि अच्]
    1 driving or spurring a horse, riding a horse; प्रत्यर्धिर्यज्ञानामश्वहयो रथानाम् Rv.1.26. 5.
    -2 to be traversed by a horse; समस्य हरिं हरयो मृजन्त्यश्वहयैरनिशितं नमोभिः Rv.9.96.2.
    -हारकः a horse- stealer; पङ्गुतामश्वहारकः Ms.11.51.
    -हृदयम् [अश्वस्य हृदय- मनोगतभावादि]
    1 the desire or intention of a horse.
    -2 a kind of veterinary science.
    -3 horsemanship; अश्वहृदये निवेश्यात्मानम् K.8.
    -या N. of the Apsaras रम्भा.

    Sanskrit-English dictionary > अश्वः _aśvḥ

  • 28 high

    I 1. [haɪ]
    1) (tall) [building, wall, table, forehead, cheekbones] alto
    2) (far from the ground) [shelf, ceiling, cloud] alto

    how high (up) are we? — (on top of building) quanto siamo alti? (on plane, mountain) a che altezza siamo?

    3) (numerically large) [number, price, frequency] alto, elevato; [ratio, volume] alto; [ wind] forte

    high in — ricco di [fat, iron]

    4) (great) [degree, risk] alto, elevato; [hope, expectation] grande
    5) (important) [quality, rank] alto; [ standard] elevato
    6) (noble) [ principle] alto, elevato; [ ideal] grande, nobile
    7) (acute) [pitch, sound, note] alto, acuto; [ voice] acuto
    8) gastr. [ game] frollato
    9) colloq. (euphoric) (on drug) sballato; (happy) su di giri

    to be high on — essere sovreccitato per [ drug]

    2.
    1) (to a great height) [climb, throw] in alto; [ jump] alto, in alto

    to climb higher and higher — [person, animal] salire sempre più in alto; fig. [figures, unemployment] aumentare sempre di più

    don't go any higher than Ј 5,000 — non andare oltre o non superare le 5.000 sterline

    2) (at a high level) [set, turn on] alto

    to turn sth. up high — alzare qcs

    3) mus. [sing, play] in una tonalità alta
    ••

    it's high time that sb. did — è proprio ora che qcn. faccia

    to search high and low for sth. — cercare qcs. in lungo e in largo, per mari e per monti

    II [haɪ]
    1) (livello) massimo m., picco m.

    to give sb. a high — [ drug] fare sballare qcn.; [ success] dare alla testa a qcn.

    to be on a high — essere su di giri o eccitatissimo

    3) AE colloq. scol. scuola f. (media) superiore
    4)

    from on high — dall'alto; relig. dal Cielo

    * * *
    1. adjective
    1) (at, from, or reaching up to, a great distance from ground-level, sea-level etc: a high mountain; a high dive; a dive from the high diving-board.) alto
    2) (having a particular height: This building is about 20 metres high; My horse is fifteen hands high.) di altezza
    3) (great; large; considerable: The car was travelling at high speed; He has a high opinion of her work; They charge high prices; high hopes; The child has a high fever/temperature.) alto
    4) (most important; very important: the high altar in a church; Important criminal trials are held at the High Court; a high official.) principale, maggiore, alto
    5) (noble; good: high ideals.) alto
    6) ((of a wind) strong: The wind is high tonight.) forte
    7) ((of sounds) at or towards the top of a (musical) range: a high note.) alto
    8) ((of voices) like a child's voice (rather than like a man's): He still speaks in a high voice.) alto
    9) ((of food, especially meat) beginning to go bad.) passato, andato a male
    10) (having great value: Aces and kings are high cards.) alto
    2. adverb
    (at, or to, a great distance from ground-level, sea-level etc: The plane was flying high in the sky; He'll rise high in his profession.) alto
    - highness
    - high-chair
    - high-class
    - higher education
    - high fidelity
    - high-handed
    - high-handedly
    - high-handedness
    - high jump
    - highlands
    - high-level
    - highlight     3. verb
    (to draw particular attention to (a person, thing etc).) dar rilievo a, mettere in evidenza
    - high-minded
    - high-mindedness
    - high-pitched
    - high-powered
    - high-rise
    - highroad
    - high school
    - high-spirited
    - high spirits
    - high street
    - high-tech     4. adjective
    ((also hi-tech): high-tech industries.) (ad alto contenuto tecnologico)
    - high treason
    - high water
    - highway
    - Highway Code
    - highwayman
    - high wire
    - high and dry
    - high and low
    - high and mighty
    - the high seas
    - it is high time
    * * *
    I 1. [haɪ]
    1) (tall) [building, wall, table, forehead, cheekbones] alto
    2) (far from the ground) [shelf, ceiling, cloud] alto

    how high (up) are we? — (on top of building) quanto siamo alti? (on plane, mountain) a che altezza siamo?

    3) (numerically large) [number, price, frequency] alto, elevato; [ratio, volume] alto; [ wind] forte

    high in — ricco di [fat, iron]

    4) (great) [degree, risk] alto, elevato; [hope, expectation] grande
    5) (important) [quality, rank] alto; [ standard] elevato
    6) (noble) [ principle] alto, elevato; [ ideal] grande, nobile
    7) (acute) [pitch, sound, note] alto, acuto; [ voice] acuto
    8) gastr. [ game] frollato
    9) colloq. (euphoric) (on drug) sballato; (happy) su di giri

    to be high on — essere sovreccitato per [ drug]

    2.
    1) (to a great height) [climb, throw] in alto; [ jump] alto, in alto

    to climb higher and higher — [person, animal] salire sempre più in alto; fig. [figures, unemployment] aumentare sempre di più

    don't go any higher than Ј 5,000 — non andare oltre o non superare le 5.000 sterline

    2) (at a high level) [set, turn on] alto

    to turn sth. up high — alzare qcs

    3) mus. [sing, play] in una tonalità alta
    ••

    it's high time that sb. did — è proprio ora che qcn. faccia

    to search high and low for sth. — cercare qcs. in lungo e in largo, per mari e per monti

    II [haɪ]
    1) (livello) massimo m., picco m.

    to give sb. a high — [ drug] fare sballare qcn.; [ success] dare alla testa a qcn.

    to be on a high — essere su di giri o eccitatissimo

    3) AE colloq. scol. scuola f. (media) superiore
    4)

    from on high — dall'alto; relig. dal Cielo

    English-Italian dictionary > high

  • 29 ἐπί

    ἐπί prep. w. gen., dat., or acc.; s. the lit. on ἀνά, beg. (Hom.+). The basic idea is ‘upon’ (opp. ὑπό) Kühner-G. I 495; s. also Rob 600–605. (In the foll. classifications case use is presented seriatim; in earlier editions of this lexicon all sections, except 13, 17, and 18 [of time], were included under the general rubric ‘Place’.)
    ① marker of location or surface, answering the question ‘where?’ on, upon, near
    ⓐ w. gen., marking a position on a surface ἐ. (τῆς) γῆς on (the) earth (cp. En 9:1; 98:1; ἐ. γῆς 25:6; PsSol 17:2) Mt 6:10, 19; 9:6; 23:9; Mk 6:47 al. (Ar. 12, 1; Just., A I, 54, 7 al.). ἐ. τῆς θαλάσσης on the sea (cp. Job 9:8; Dio Chrys. 10 [11], 129 βαδίζειν ἐ. τῆς θαλ.; Lucian, Philops. 13 βαδίζειν ἐφʼ ὕδατος, VH 2, 4; Artem. 3, 16 ἐ. τ. θαλάσσης περιπατεῖν; schol. on Nicander, Ther. 15 p. 5, 26ff relying on the testimony of Hesiod: Orion was given a gift [δωρεά] by the gods καὶ ἐ. κυμάτων πορεύεσθαι καὶ ἐ. τῆς γῆς) Mt 14:26; Mk 6:48f; J 6:19 (w. acc. P75; s. 4bβ below). ἐ. τῶν νεφελῶν on the clouds Mt 24:30; 26:64 (Da 7:13; cp. Philo, Praem. 8). ἐ. κλίνης 9:2; Lk 17:34. ἐ. τοῦ δώματος on the roof vs. 31; Mt 24:17; 10:27 foll. by pl. W. verbs: κάθημαι ἐ. τινος sit on someth. (Job 2:8; ἐ. τοῦ ἅρματος GrBar 6:2; cp. JosAs 27:1 ἐ. τοῦ ὀχήματος καθεζόμενος; Just., D. 90, 5 ἐ. λίθου καθεζόμενος) Mt 24:3; 27:19; Ac 8:28; Rv 6:16; 9:17 (the same prep. used in Rv w. κάθημαι and dat. s. bα below, and w. acc. cα). ἑστηκέναι ἐ. τινος stand on someth. Ac 21:40; Rv 10:5, 8 (Just., D. 86, 2 ἐστηρίχθαι). With parts of the body: ἐ. χειρῶν αἴρειν carry on (i.e. in/with) their hands Mt 4:6; Lk 4:11 (both Ps 90:12). ἐ. κεφαλῆς on the head (Hdt. 5, 12, 4) J 20:7; 1 Cor 11:10; Rv 12:1. ἐ. τοῦ μετώπου Rv 7:3; 9:4. ἐ. γυμνοῦ on the naked body Mk 14:51. Cp. use of ἐπί w. καθίζω and gen., and ἐπί w. κάθημαι and acc. Mt 19:28.—In a gener. and fig. sense Ac 21:23.
    ⓑ w. dat., gener. suggesting contiguity on, in, above.
    α. answering the question ‘where?’ (Hom. et al.; ins, pap, LXX; Just., D. 105, 5 ἐ. τῷ σταυρῷ; Tat., 9:1 ἐ. τοῖς ὄρεσι; Ath. 20, 1 ἐ. τῷ μετώπῳ; Mel., P. 19, 131 ἐ. σάκκῳ καὶ σποδῷ) ἐ. πίνακι on a platter Mt 14:8, 11; Mk 6:25, 28. ἀνακλῖναι ἐ. τῷ χλωρῷ χόρτῳ on the green grass 6:39. ἐ. τοῖς κραβάττοις vs. 55. ἐπέκειτο ἐπʼ αὐτῷ lay on it (or before it) J 11:38. καθήμενος ἐ. τῷ θρόνῳ Rv 4:9 (cp. gen. w. καθ. 1a above, and acc. cα below) 5:13; 7:10 and oft. ἐφʼ ἵπποις λευκοῖς on white horses 19:14. ἐ. σανίσιν on planks Ac 27:44. ἐ. τῇ στοᾷ in the colonnade 3:11. τὰ ἐ. τοῖς οὐρανοῖς what is above (or in) the heavens Eph 1:10. ἐπʼ αὐτῷ above him, at his head Lk 23:38 (=Mt 27:37 ἐπάνω τ. κεφαλῆς αὐτοῦ).
    β. answering the question ‘whither?’ on, upon (Hom. et al.) w. verbs that indicate a direction: οἰκοδομεῖν ἐ. τινι build upon someth. Mt 16:18. ἐποικοδομεῖν Eph 2:20. ἐπιβάλλειν ἐπίβλημα ἐ. ἱματίῳ παλαιῷ put a patch on an old garment Mt 9:16. ἐπιπίπτειν ἐ. τινι Ac 8:16. ἐκάθισεν ἐ. τῷ θρόνῳ he sat down on the throne GJs 11:1. λίθον ἐπʼ αὐτῇ βαλέτω J 8:7 v.l. (cp. 12a below).
    ⓒ w. acc., answering the question ‘where?’ (Hom. et al.; LXX; JosAs 29:2 φορῶν ἐ. τὸν μηρὸν αὐτοῦ ῥομφαίαν; Just., D. 53, 1 ζυγὸν ἐ. αὐχένα μὴ ἔχων)
    α. on, over someth. καθεύδειν ἐ. τι sleep on someth. Mk 4:38. καθῆσθαι ἐ. τι sit on someth. Mt 19:28 (in the same vs. καθίζω w. gen., s. a above) J 12:15; Rv 4:4; 6:2; 11:16 al.; cp. Lk 21:35b; κεῖσθαι ἐ. τι lie upon someth. 2 Cor 3:15. κατακεῖσθαι Lk 5:25. ἑστηκέναι ἐ. τὸν αἰγιαλόν stand on the shore Mt 13:2; cp. Rv 14:1. ἑστῶτας ἐ. τὴν θάλασσαν standing beside the sea 15:2. ἔστη ἐ. τὴν κεφαλὴν τοῦ παιδίου (the star) remained stationary over the head of the child GJs 21:3. σκηνοῦν ἐ. τινα spread a tent over someone Rv 7:15. ἐ. τὴν δεξιάν at the right hand 5:1. λίθος ἐ. λίθον stone upon stone Mt 24:2.
    β. ἐ. τὸ αὐτό at the same place, together (Ps.-X., Respublica Athen. [The Old Oligarch] 2, 2; Pla., Rep. 329a; SIG 736, 66 [92 B.C.]. In pap=‘in all’: PTebt 14, 20 [114 B.C.]; PFay 102, 6.—2 Km 2:13; En 100:2) εἶναι ἐ. τὸ αὐτό be together Lk 17:35; Ac 1:15; 2:1, 44. In 1 Cor 7:5 it is a euphemistic expr. for sexual union. κατοικεῖν ἐ. τὸ αὐτό live in the same place (Dt 25:5) Hm 5, 1, 4. Also w. verbs of motion (Sus 14 Theod.) συνέρχεσθαι ἐ. τὸ αὐτό come together to the same place 1 Cor 11:20; 14:23; cp. B 4:10 (Just., A I, 67, 3 συνέλευσις γίνεται). συνάγεσθαι (Phlegon of Tralles [Hadr.]: 257 Fgm. 36 III 9 Jac.; PsSol 2:2; TestJob 28:5 Jos., Bell. 2, 346) Mt 22:34; Ac 4:26 (Ps 2:2); 1 Cl 34:7. ἐ. τὸ αὐτὸ μίγνυσθαι be mixed together Hm 10, 3, 3. προσετίθει ἐ. τὸ αὐτό added to their number Ac 2:47.
    γ. at, by, near someone or someth. καθῆσθαι ἐ. τὸ τελώνιον sit at the tax-office Mt 9:9 (ἐ. τὰς ὡραίας πύλας GrBar prol. 2); Mk 2:14. ἑστηκέναι ἐ. τὴν θύραν stand at the door Rv 3:20. σὺ ἔστης ἐ. τὸ θυσιαστήριον you are standing (ἕστηκας deStrycker) as priest at the altar GJs 8:2. ἐφʼ ὑμᾶς among you 2 Th 1:10; cp. Ac 1:21.—Of pers., over whom someth. is done ὀνομάζειν τὸ ὄνομα Ἰησοῦ ἐ. τινα speak the name of Jesus over someone Ac 19:13. ἐπικαλεῖν τὸ ὄνομά τινος ἐ. τινα=to claim someone for one’s own (Jer 14:9; 2 Ch 7:14; 2 Macc 8:15) Ac 15:17 (Am 9:12); Js 2:7; Hs 8, 6, 4. προσεύχεσθαι ἐ. τινα pray over someone Js 5:14.
    ② marker of presence or occurrence near an object or area, at, near
    ⓐ w. gen., of immediate proximity to things at, near (Hdt. 7, 115; X., An. 4, 3, 28 al.; LXX, Just.) ἐ. τ. θυρῶν at the gates (Plut., C. Gracch. 841 [14, 3]; PRyl 127, 8f [29 A.D.] κοιμωμένου μου ἐ. τῆς θύρας; 1 Macc 1:55; Just., D. 111, 4) Ac 5:23 (s. b below for dat. in 5:9). ἐ. τῆς θαλάσσης near the sea (Polyb. 1, 44, 4; Ex 14:2; Dt 1:40; 1 Macc 14:34) J 21:1. ἐ. τῆς ὁδοῦ by the road Mt 21:19. ἐσθίειν ἐ. τῆς πραπέζης τινός eat at someone’s table Lk 22:30 (cp. POxy 99, 14 [55 A.D.] τράπεζα, ἐφʼ ἧς Σαραπίων καὶ μέτοχοι; Da 11:27 LXX ἐ. μιᾶς τραπέζης). ἐ. τοῦ (τῆς) βάτου at the thornbush = in the passage about the thornbush (i.e. Ex 3:1ff) Mk 12:26; Lk 20:37.
    ⓑ with dat., of immediate proximity at, near by (Hom.+) ἦν ἔτι ἐ. τῷ τόπῳ ὅπου was still at the place, where J 11:30 v.l. (for ἐν; cp. Just., D. 402). ἐ. τῇ θύρᾳ (ἐ. θύραις) at the door (Hom. et al.; Wsd 19:17; Jos., Ant. 17, 90; Just., D. 32, 3) Mt 24:33; Mk 13:29; Ac 5:9 (s. a above). ἐ. τοῖς πυλῶσιν Rv 21:12. ἐ. τῇ πηγῇ J 4:6 (Jos., Ant. 5, 58 ἐ. τινι πηγῇ; Just., A I, 64, 1 ἐ. ταῖς … πηγαῖς). ἐ. τῇ προβατικῇ (sc. πύλῃ) near the sheepgate 5:2; cp. Ac 3:10. ἐ. τῷ ποταμῷ near the river (since Il. 7, 133; Jos., Ant. 4, 176 ἐ. τ. Ἰορδάνῳ) Rv 9:14.—Of pers. (Diod S 14, 113, 6; Just., A I, 40, 7) ἐφʼ ὑμῖν among you 2 Cor 7:7; cp. Ac 28:14 v.l.
    ③ marker of involvement in an official proceeding, before, w. gen., of pers., esp. in the language of lawsuits (Pla., Leg. 12, 943d; Isaeus 5, 1 al.; UPZ 71, 15; 16 [152 B.C.]; POxy 38, 11; Mitt-Wilck. I/2, 382, 23=BGU 909, 23; Jos., Vi. 258; Just., A II, 1, 1 ἐ. Οὐρβίκου). ἐ. τοῦ ἡγεμόνος in the governor’s presence Mt 28:14. ἐ. ἡγεμόνων καὶ βασιλέων Mk 13:9. ἐ. σου before you (the procurator) Ac 23:30. ἐ. Τερτούλλου Phlm subscr. v.l.; στάντος μου ἐ. τοῦ συνεδρίου Ac 24:20 (cp. Diod S 11, 55, 4 ἐ. τοῦ κοινοῦ συνεδρίου τ. Ἑλλήνων). γυναικὸς … διαβληθείσης ἐ. τοῦ κυρίου Papias (2:17). κρίνεσθαι ἐ. τῶν ἀδίκων go to law before the unrighteous 1 Cor 6:1. κριθήσεται ἐφʼ ὑμῶν before your tribunal D 11:11. μαρτυρεῖν ἐ. Ποντίου Πιλάτου testify before Pontius Pilate 1 Ti 6:13 (s. μαρτυρέω 1c). ἐ. τοῦ βήματος (POxy 37 I, 3 [49 A.D.]) ἑστὼς ἐ. τοῦ βήματος Καίσαρός εἰμι I am standing before Caesar’s tribunal Ac 25:10 (Appian says Prooem. c. 15 §62 of himself: δίκαις ἐν Ῥώμῃ συναγορεύσας ἐ. τῶν βασιλέων=I acted as attorney in lawsuits in Rome before the emperors).—Gener. in someone’s presence (Appian, Syr. 61 §324 ἐφʼ ὑμῶν=in your presence) ἐ. Τίτου before Titus 2 Cor 7:14. Cp.10 below.
    ④ marker of movement to or contact w. a goal, toward, in direction of, on
    ⓐ w. gen., marking contact with the goal that is reached, answering the question ‘whither?’ toward, on, at w. verbs of motion (Appian, Iber. 98 §427 ἀπέπλευσεν ἐπʼ οἴκου=he sailed [toward] home; PGM 4, 2468f ἀναβὰς ἐ. δώματος; JosAs 27:1 ἀνέδραμε … ἐ. πέτρας; Jos., Ant. 4, 91 ἔφευγον ἐ. τ. πόλεων; Tat. 33:3 Εὐρώπην ἐ. τοῦ ταύρου καθιδρύσαντος) βάλλειν τὸν σπόρον ἐ. τῆς γῆς Mk 4:26; also σπείρειν vs. 31. πίπτειν (Wsd 18:23; TestAbr A 3 p. 80, 11 [Stone p. 8]; JosAs 9:1) 9:20; 14:35. καθιέναι Ac 10:11. τιθέναι (Sir 17:4) Lk 8:16; J 19:19; Ac 5:15. ἔρχεσθαι Hb 6:7; Rv 3:10; γίνεσθαι ἐ. reach, be at J 6:21. γενόμενος ἐ. τοῦ τόπου when he reached the place Lk 22:40. καθίζειν take one’s seat ἐ. θρόνου (JosAs 7:1 al.) Mt 19:28 (s. 1a end); 23:2; 25:31; J 19:13 (ἐ. βήματος of Pilate as Jos., Bell. 2, 172; of Jesus Just., A I, 35, 6). κρεμαννύναι ἐ. ξύλου hang on a tree (i.e. cross) (Gen 40:19; cp. Just., D. 86, 6 σταυρωθῆναι ἐ. τοῦ ξύλου) Ac 5:30; 10:39; cp. Gal 3:13 (Dt 21:23).
    ⓑ w. acc.
    α. specifying direction (En 24:2 ἐ. νότον ‘southward’ of position of the mountain) of motion that takes a particular direction, to, toward ἐκτείνας τ. χεῖρα ἐ. τοὺς μαθητάς Mt 12:49; cp. Lk 22:53 (JosAs 12:8). πορεύεσθαι ἐ. τὸ ἀπολωλός go after the one that is lost 15:4. ἐ. τὴν ῏Ασσον in the direction of Assos Ac 20:13. ἐπιστρέφειν ἐ. τι turn to someth. 2 Pt 2:22 (cp. Pr 26:11; En 99:5). ὡς ἐ. λῃστήν as if against a robber Mt 26:55; Mk 14:48; Lk 22:52.
    β. from one point to another across, over w. motion implied (Hom.+; LXX) περιπατεῖν, ἐλθεῖν ἐ. τ. θάλασσαν or ἐ. τ. ὕδατα Mt 14:25, 28f; J 6:19 P75. Of spreading across the land (PsSol 17:10): famine Ac 7:11; 11:28; darkness Mt 27:45; Lk 23:44. ἐ. σταδίους δώδεκα χιλιάδων across twelve thousand stades Rv 21:16 v.l. (Polyaenus 5, 44, 4 ἐ. στάδια δέκα); ἐ. πλεῖον further (1 Esdr 2:24; 2 Macc 10:27) Ac 4:17.
    γ. of goal attained (Hom. et al.; LXX) on, upon someone or someth. πέσατε ἐφʼ ἡμᾶς Lk 23:30 (Hos 10:8). ἔπεσεν ἐ. τὰ πετρώδη Mt 13:5; cp. Lk 13:4. ἔρχεσθαι ἐ. τινα come upon someone Mt 3:16; also καταβαίνειν fr. above J 1:33; cp. Rv 16:21. ἀναβαίνειν (Jos., Ant. 13, 138; Just., A II, 12, 7) Lk 5:19. ἐπιβαίνειν Mt 21:5 (Zech 9:9).—Ac 2:3; 9:4 al.; διασωθῆναι ἐ. τ. γῆν be brought safely to the land 27:44; cp. vs. 43; Lk 8:27. ἐ. τὸ πλοῖον to the ship Ac 20:13. ἀναπεσεῖν ἐ. τὴν γῆν lie down or sit down on the ground Mt 15:35. ἔρριψεν αὐτὸν χαμαὶ ἐ. τὸν σάκκον he threw himself down on the sackcloth GJs 13:1. τιθέναι τι ἐ. τι put someth. on someth. (JosAs 16:11) Mt 5:15; Lk 11:33; Mk 8:25 v.l.; likew. ἐπιτιθέναι (JosAs 29:5) Mt 23:4; Mk 8:25; Lk 15:5; J 9:6, 15; Ac 15:10. ἐπιβάλλειν τ. χεῖρας ἐ. τινα (Gen 22:12 al.) Mt 26:50; Lk 21:12; Ac 5:18. Mainly after verbs of placing, laying, putting, bringing, etc. on, to: ἀναβιβάζω, ἀναφέρω, βάλλω, γράφω, δίδωμι, ἐγγίζω, ἐπιβιβάζω, ἐπιγράφω, ἐποικοδομέω, ἐπιρ(ρ)ίπτω, θεμελιόω, ἵστημι, κατάγω, οἰκοδομέω, σωρεύω; s. these entries. Sim. βρέχειν ἐ. τινα cause rain to fall upon someone Mt 5:45 (cp. PsSol 17:18); also τ. ἥλιον ἀνατέλλειν ἐ. τινα cause the sun to rise so that its rays fall upon someone *ibid. τύπτειν τινὰ ἐ. τὴν σιαγόνα strike on the cheek Lk 6:29. πίπτειν ἐ. (τὸ) πρόσωπον (Jdth 14:6) on the face Mt 17:6; 26:39; Lk 5:12; 17:16; 1 Cor 14:25; Rv 7:11.—To, upon w. acc. of thing πορεύεσθαι ἐ. τὴν ὁδόν go to the road Ac 8:26; cp. 9:11. ἐ. τὰς διεξόδους Mt 22:9. ἵνα μὴ πνέῃ ἄνεμος ἐ. πᾶν δένδρον so that no wind should blow upon any tree Rv 7:1.
    δ. of closeness to someth. or someone to, up to, in the neighborhood of, on ἐ. τὸ μνημεῖον up to the tomb Mk 16:2; Lk 24:1 v.l., 22, 24; cp. ἐ. τὸ μνῆμα Mk 16:2 v.l.; Lk 24:1. ἔρχεσθαι ἐ. τι ὕδωρ come to some water Ac 8:36. ἐ. τὴν πύλην τὴν σιδηρᾶν to the iron gate 12:10. καταβαίνειν ἐ. τὴν θάλασσαν go down to the sea J 6:16. ἐ. τὸν Ἰορδάνην Mt 3:13 (Just., D. 88, 3 al.). ἀναπίπτειν ἐ. τὸ στῆθος he leaned back on (Jesus’) breast J 13:25; 21:20. πίπτειν ἐ. τοὺς πόδας fall at (someone’s) feet Ac 10:25 (JosAs 14:10 ἔπεσεν ἐ πρόσωπον ἐ. τοὺς πόδας αὐτοῦ). ἐ. τ. ἀκάνθας among the thorns Mt 13:7.—W. acc. of pers. to someone ἐ. τὸν Ἰησοῦν ἐλθόντες they came to Jesus J 19:33; cp. Mt 27:27; Mk 5:21.
    ε. in imagery of goal or objective to, toward (Just., A II, 7, 6 ἐπʼ ἀμφότερα τρέπεσθαι) ἐπιστρέφειν, ἐπιστρέφεσθαι ἐ. τινα turn to (Dt 30:10; 31:20 al.; Ar. 2, 1 ἔλθωμεν καὶ ἐ. τὸ ἀνθρώπινον γένος ‘let us now turn to …’; Just., D. 56, 11 ἐ. τὰς γραφὰς ἐπανελθών) Lk 1:17; Ac 9:35; 11:21; 14:15; 26:20; Gal 4:9; 1 Pt 2:25.
    ⑤ marker of manner, corresponding to an adv., w. dat. (Aeschyl., Suppl. 628 ἐπʼ ἀληθείᾳ; UPZ 162 VI, 3 [117 B.C.] κακοτρόπως καὶ ἐ. ῥαδιουργίᾳ; POxy 237 VI, 21 ἐ. τῇ τῶν ἀνθρ. σωτηρίᾳ; ἐφʼ ὁράσει En 14:8; Just., A I, 9, 3 ἐφʼ ὕβρει; 55, 7 ἐ. τούτῳ τῷ σχήματι ‘in this form’; Tat. 17, 1 ἐπʼ ἀκριβείᾳ; Ath. 33, 2 ἐφʼ ἑνὶ γάμῳ) ὁ σπείρων ἐπʼ εὐλογίαις (in contrast to ὁ σπείρων φειδομένως one who sows sparingly) one who sows in blessing (i.e. generously) 2 Cor 9:6. ἐπʼ εὐλογίαις θερίζειν reap generously ibid.
    ⑥ marker of basis for a state of being, action, or result, on, w. dat. (Hom. et al.)
    ⓐ ἐπʼ ἄρτῳ ζῆν live on bread Mt 4:4; Lk 4:4 (both Dt 8:3. cp. Ps.-Pla., Alcib. 1, 105c; Plut., Mor. 526d; Alciphron 3, 7, 5; SibOr 4, 154). ἐ. τῷ ῥήματί σου depending on your word Lk 5:5. οὐ συνῆκαν ἐ. τοῖς ἄρτοις they did not arrive at an understanding (of it) (by reflecting) on (the miracle of) the loaves Mk 6:52 (cp. Demosth. 18, 121 τί σαυτὸν οὐκ ἐλλεβορίζεις ἐ. τούτοις [sc. λόγοις];=why do you not come to an understanding concerning these words?). ἐ. τῇ πίστει on the basis of faith Ac 3:16; Phil 3:9. ἐπʼ ἐλπίδι on the basis of hope, supporting itself on hope Ac 2:26 (? s. ἐλπίς 1bα); Ro 4:18; 8:20; 1 Cor 9:10; Tit 1:2.—Ac 26:6 ἐπʼ ἐλπίδι gives the basis of the trial at law, as does ἐ. εὐεργεσίᾳ 4:9. ἀπολύειν τ. γυναῖκα ἐ. πορνείᾳ Mt 19:9 (cp. Dio Chrys. 26 [43], 10 ἀπολύειν ἐπʼ ἀργυρίῳ; Ath. 2, 3 κρίνεσθαι … μὴ ἐ. τῷ ὀνόματι, ἐ. δὲ τῷ ἀδικήματι). γυναικὸς ἐ. πόλλαις ἁμαρτίαις διαβληθείσης Papias (2:17). On the basis of the testimony of two witnesses (cp. Appian, Iber. 79 §343 ἤλεγχον ἐ. μάρτυσι) Hb 10:28 (Dt 17:6); sim. use of ἐ. τινί on the basis of someth.: 8:6; 9:10, 15 (here it may also be taken in the temporal sense; s. 18 below), 17. ἁμαρτάνειν ἐ. τῷ ὁμοιώματι τ. παραβάσεως Ἀδάμ Ro 5:14 (ὁμοίωμα 1). δαπανᾶν ἐ. τινι pay the expenses for someone Ac 21:24. ἀρκεῖσθαι ἐ. τινι be content w. someth. 3J 10.
    ⓑ w. verbs of believing, hoping, trusting: πεποιθέναι (Wsd 3:9; Sus 35; 1 Macc 10:71; 2 Macc 7:40 and oft.) Lk 11:22; 18:9; 2 Cor 1:9; Hb 2:13 (2 Km 22:3). πιστεύειν Lk 24:25; Ro 9:33; 10:11; 1 Pt 2:6 (the last three Is 28:16). ἐλπίζειν (2 Macc 2:18; Sir 34:7) Ro 15:12 (Is 11:10); 1 Ti 4:10; 6:17; cp. 1J 3:3. παρρησιάζεσθαι Ac 14:3.
    ⓒ after verbs which express feelings, opinions, etc.: at, because of, from, with (Hom. et al.) διαταράσσεσθαι Lk 1:29. ἐκθαυμάζειν Mk 12:17. ἐκπλήσσεσθαι Mt 7:28; Mk 1:22; Lk 4:32; Ac 13:12. ἐξίστασθαι (Jdth 11:16; Wsd 5:2 al.) Lk 2:47. ἐπαισχύνεσθαι (Is 1:29) Ro 6:21. εὐφραίνεσθαι (Sir 16:1; 18:32; 1 Macc 11:44) Rv 18:20. θαμβεῖσθαι Mk 10:24; cp. Lk 5:9; Ac 3:10. θαυμάζειν (Lev 26:32; Jdth 10:7 al.; Jos., Ant. 10, 277) Mk 12:17 v.l. μακροθυμεῖν (Sir 18:11; 29:8; 35:19) Mt 18:26, 29; Lk 18:7; Js 5:7. μετανοεῖν (Plut., Ag. 803 [19, 5]; Ps.-Lucian, Salt. 84; Prayer of Manasseh [=Odes 12] 7; Just., A I, 61, 10; D. 95, 3 al.) 2 Cor 12:21. ὀδυνᾶσθαι (cp. Tob 6:15) Ac 20:38. ὀργίζεσθαι Rv 12:17. σπλαγχνίζεσθαι Mt 14:14; Lk 7:13. συλλυπεῖσθαι Mk 3:5. στυγνάζειν 10:22. χαίρειν (PEleph 13, 3; Jos., Ant. 1, 294; Tob 13:15; Bar 4:33; JosAs 4:2; Ar. 15, 7) Mt 18:13; Lk 1:14; 13:17; Ro 16:19 al. χαρὰν καὶ παράκλησιν ἔχειν Phlm 7. χαρὰ ἔσται Lk 15:7; cp. vs. 10 (Jos., Ant. 6, 116 ἡ ἐ. τῇ νίκῃ χαρά). Also w. verbs that denote aroused feelings παραζηλοῦν and παροργίζειν make jealous and angry at Ro 10:19 (Dt 32:21). παρακαλεῖν 1 Th 3:7a (cp. Just., D. 78:8 παράκλησιν ἐχουσῶν ἐ.), as well as those verbs that denote an expression of the emotions ἀγαλλιᾶσθαι (cp. Tob 13:15; Ps 69:5) Lk 1:47; Hs 8, 1, 18; 9, 24, 2. καυχᾶσθαι (Diod S 16, 70; Sir 30:2) Ro 5:2. κοπετὸν ποιεῖν (cp. 3 Macc 4:3) Ac 8:2. ὀλολύζειν Js 5:1. αἰνεῖν (cp. X., An. 3, 1, 45 al.) Lk 2:20. δοξάζειν (Polyb. 6, 53, 10; cp. Diod S 17, 21, 4 δόξα ἐ. ἀνδρείᾳ=fame because of bravery) Ac 4:21; 2 Cor 9:13. εὐχαριστεῖν give thanks for someth. (s. εὐχαριστέω 2; UPZ 59, 10 [168 B.C.] ἐ. τῷ ἐρρῶσθαί σε τ. θεοῖς εὐχαρίστουν) 1 Cor 1:4; cp. 2 Cor 9:15; 1 Th 3:9.—ἐφʼ ᾧ = ἐπὶ τούτῳ ὅτι for this reason that, because (Diod S 19, 98; Appian, Bell. Civ. 1, 112 §520; Ael. Aristid. 53 p. 640 D.; Synes., Ep. 73 p. 221c; Damasc., Vi. Isid. 154; Syntipas p. 12, 9; 127, 8; Thomas Mag. ἐφʼ ᾧ ἀντὶ τοῦ διότι; cp. W-S. §24, 5b and 12f. S. WKümmel, D. Bild des Menschen im NT ’48, 36–40) Ro 5:12 (SLyonnet, Biblica 36, ’55, 436–56 [denies a causal sense here]. On the probability of commercial idiom s. FDanker, FGingrich Festschr. ’72, 104f, also Ro 5:12, Sin under Law: NTS 14, ’68, 424–39; against him SPorter, TynBull 41, ’90, 3–30, also NTS 39, ’93, 321–33; difft. JFitzmyer, Anchor Bible Comm.: Romans, ad loc. ‘w. the result that all have sinned’); 2 Cor 5:4; Phil 3:12; for, indeed 4:10.
    ⑦ marker of addition to what is already in existence, to, in addition to. W. dat. (Hom. et al.; PEleph 5, 17 [284/283 B.C.] μηνὸς Τῦβι τρίτῃ ἐπʼ εἰκάδι; Tob 2:14; Sir 3:27; 5:5) προσέθηκεν τοῦτο ἐ. πᾶσιν he added this to everything else Lk 3:20 (cp. Lucian, Luct. [On Funerals], 24). ἐ. τ. παρακλήσει ἡμῶν in addition to our comfort 2 Cor 7:13. λύπη ἐ. λύπῃ grief upon grief Phil 2:27 v.l. (cp. Soph., Oed. C. 544, also Polyb. 1, 57, 1 πληγὴ ἐ. πληγῇ; Plut., Mor. 123f; Polyaenus 5, 52 ἐ. φόνῳ φόνον; Quint. Smyrn. 5, 602 ἐ. πένθει πένθος=sorrow upon sorrow; Sir 26:15). ἐ. τῇ σῇ εὐχαριστίᾳ to your prayer of thanks 1 Cor 14:16. So perh. also Hb 8:1. ἐ. πᾶσι τούτοις to all these Col 3:14; Lk 16:26 v.l. (X., Mem. 1, 2, 25 al.; Sir 37:15; cp. 1 Macc 10:42; Just., D. 133, 1 ἐ. τούτοις πᾶσι).—W. acc.: addition to someth. of the same kind Mt 6:27; Lk 12:25; Rv 22:18a. λύπην ἐ. λύπην sorrow upon sorrow Phil 2:27 (cp. Is 28:10, 13; Ezk 7:26; Ps 68:28).
    ⑧ marker of perspective, in consideration of, in regard to, on the basis of, concerning, about, w. gen. (Antig. Car. 164 ἐ. τῶν οἴνων ἀλλοιοῦσθαι; 4 Macc. 2:9 ἐ. τῶν ἑτέρων … ἔστιν ἐπιγνῶναι τοῦτο, ὅτι …; Ath. 29, 2 τὰ ἐ. τῆς μανίας πάθη) ἐ. δύο ἢ τριῶν μαρτύρων on the evidence of two or three witnesses 1 Ti 5:19 (cp. TestAbr A 13 p. 92, 22ff. [Stone p. 32]). Sim. in the expr. ἐ. στόματος δύο μαρτύρων (Dt 19:15) Mt 18:16; 2 Cor 13:1. ἐπʼ αὐτῆς on the basis of it Hb 7:11. ἐπʼ ἀληθείας based on truth = in accordance w. truth, truly (Demosth. 18, 17 ἐπʼ ἀληθείας οὐδεμιᾶς εἰρημένα; POxy 255, 16 [48 A.D.]; Da 2:8; Tob 8:7; En 104:11) Mk 12:14, 32; Lk 4:25; 20:21; Ac 4:27. ἐφʼ ἑαυτοῦ based on himself = to or by himself (X., An. 2, 4, 10; Demosth. 18, 224 ἐκρίνετο ἐφʼ ἑαυτοῦ; Dionys. Hal., Comp. Verb. 16 ἐ. σεαυτοῦ. Cp. Kühner-G. I 498e) 2 Cor 10:7.—To introduce the object which is to be discussed or acted upon λέγειν ἐ. τινος speak of, about someth. (Pla., Charm., 155d, Leg. 2, 662d; Isocr. 6, 41; Aelian, VH 1, 30; Jer 35:8; EpArist 162; 170; Ath. 5:1 ἐ. τοῦ νοητοῦ … δογματίζειν) Gal 3:16. Do someth. on, in the case of (cp. 1 Esdr 1:22) σημεῖα ποιεῖν ἐ. τῶν ἀσθενούντων work miracles on the sick J 6:2.—On B 13:6 s. τίθημι 1bζ.—In ref. to someth. (Aristot., Pol. 1280a, 17; 4 Macc 12:5 τῶν ἐ. τῆς βασιλείας … πραγμάτων; Just., A I, 5, 1 ἐφʼ ἡμῶν ‘in our case’, D. 131, 4; Ath. 15, 3 ἐ. τῆς ὕλης καὶ τοῦ θεοῦ ‘as respects God and matter, so …’) ἐ. τινων δεῖ ἐγκρατεύεσθαι in certain matters one must practice self-control Hm 8:1. οὔτε … οἴδασι τὸν ἐ. τοῦ πυροῦ σπόρον nor do they comprehend (the figurative sense of) the sowing of wheat AcPlCor 2:26 (cp. 1 Cor 15:36f).
    ⑨ marker of power, authority, control of or over someone or someth., over
    ⓐ w. gen. (Hdt. 5, 109 al.; Mitt-Wilck. I/1, 124, 1=BGU 1120, 1 [5 B.C.] πρωτάρχῳ ἐ. τοῦ κριτηρίου; 287, 1; LXX; AscIs 2:5 τοῦ ἐ. τῶν πραγματε[ι] ῶν=Denis p. 109) βασιλεύειν ἐ. τινος (Judg 9:8, 10; 1 Km 8:7) Rv 5:10. ἔχειν βασιλείαν ἐ. τῶν βασιλέων 17:18. ἐξουσίαν ἔχειν ἐ. τινος have power over someone 20:6. διδόναι ἐξουσίαν ἐ. τινος 2:26. καθιστάναι τινὰ ἐ. τινος set someone over, put someone in charge, of someth. or someone (Pla., Rep. 5, 460b; Demosth. 18, 118; Gen 39:4f; 1 Macc 6:14; 10:37; 2 Macc 12:20 al.; EpArist 281; τεταγμένος En 20:5) Mt 24:45; Lk 12:42; Ac 6:3. εἶναι ἐ. τινος (Synes., Ep. 79 p. 224d; Tob 1:22; Jdth 14:13; 1 Macc 10:69) ὸ̔ς ἦν ἐ. πάσης τῆς γάζης αὐτῆς who was in charge of all her treasure 8:27. Of God ὁ ὢν ἐ. πάντων (Apollonius of Tyana [I A.D.] in Eus., PE 4, 13) Ro 9:5; cp. Eph 4:6. ὁ ἐ. τινος w. ὤν to be supplied (Demosth. 18, 247 al.; Diod S 13, 47, 6; Plut., Pyrrh. 385 [5, 7], Aemil. Paul. 267 [23, 6]; PTebt 5, 88 [118 B.C.] ὁ ἐ. τ. προσόδων; 1 Macc 6:28; 2 Macc 3:7; 3 Macc 6:30 al.; EpArist 110; 174) ὁ ἐ. τοῦ κοιτῶνος the chamberlain Ac 12:20.
    ⓑ w dat. (X., Cyr. 1, 2, 5; 2, 4, 25 al., An. 4, 1, 13; Demosth. 19, 113; Aeschines 2, 73; Esth 8:12e; Just., A II, 5, 2 ἀγγέλοις οὓς ἐ. τούτοις ἔταξε; cp. Ath. 24, 3; Ath. 6, 4 τὸν ἐ. τῇ κινήσει τοῦ σώματος λόγον) Mt 24:47; Lk 12:44.
    ⓒ w. acc. (X., Hell. 3, 4, 20 al.; Dionys. Byz. §56 θεῷ ἐ. πάντα δύναμις; LXX; PsSol 17:3, 32) βασιλεύειν ἐ. τινα rule over someone (Gen 37:8; Judg 9:15 B al.) Lk 1:33; 19:14, 27; Ro 5:14. καθιστάναι τινὰ ἐ. τινα set someone over someone (X., Cyr. 4, 5, 58) κριτὴν ἐφʼ ὑμᾶς as judge over you Lk 12:14; ἡγούμενον ἐπʼ Αἴγυπτον Ac 7:10; cp. Hb 2:7 v.l. (Ps 8:7); 3:6; 10:21. ἐξουσίαν ἔχειν ἐ. τι Rv 16:9. ἐξουσίαν διδόναι ἐ. τι (Sir 33:20) Lk 9:1; 10:19; Rv 6:8; cp. 22:14. φυλάσσειν φυλακὰς ἐ. τι Lk 2:8 (cp. En 100:5). ὑπεραίρεσθαι ἐ. τινα exalt oneself above someone 2 Th 2:4 (cp. Da 11:36); but here the mng. against is also poss. (s. 12b below). πιστὸς ἐ. τι faithful over someth. Mt 25:21, 23.
    ⑩ marker of legal proceeding, before, w. acc. in the lang. of the law-courts ἐ. ἡγεμόνας καὶ βασιλεῖς ἄγεσθαι be brought before governors and kings Mt 10:18; cp. Lk 21:12 (cp. BGU 22, 36 [114 A.D.] ἀξιῶ ἀκθῆναι [=ἀχθῆναι] τ. ἐνκαλουμένους ἐ. σὲ πρὸς δέουσαν ἐπέξοδον; Just., A II, 2, 12 ἐ. Οὔρβικον). ὑπάγεις ἐπʼ ἄρχοντα you are going before the magistrate Lk 12:58; cp. Ac 16:19. ἤγαγον αὐτὸν ἐ. τὸν Πιλᾶτον Lk 23:1. ἐ. τοὺς ἀρχιερεῖς Ac 9:21. ἐ. Καίσαρα πορεύεσθαι come before the emperor 25:12. ἐ. τὰς συναγωγάς Lk 12:11. ἐ. τὸ βῆμα Ac 18:12. Cp. 3 above. Here the focus is on transfer to the judiciary.
    ⑪ marker of purpose, goal, result, to, for, w. acc. (Demetr.: 722 Fgm. 2, 3 Jac. ἐ. κατοικίαν) ἐ. τὸ βάπτισμα for baptism=to have themselves baptized Mt 3:7 (cp. Just., A I, 61, 10 ἐ. τὸ λουτρόν; D. 56, 1 ἐ. τὴν … κρίσιν πεμφθεῖσι). ἐ. τὴν θεωρίαν ταύτην for (i.e. to see) this sight Lk 23:48 (sim. Hom. et al.; POxy 294, 18 [22 A.D.]; LXX; Tat. 23, 2 ἐ. τὴν θέαν). ἐ. τὸ συμφέρον to (our) advantage Hb 12:10 (cp. Tat. 6, 1; 34, 2 οὐκ ἐ. τι χρήσιμον ‘to no purpose’). ἐ. σφαγήν Ac 8:32 (Is 53:7); cp. Mt 22:5; ἐ. τ. τελειότητα Hb 6:1. ἐ. τοῦτο for this (X., An. 2, 5, 22; Jos., Ant. 12, 23) Lk 4:43. ἐφʼ ὅ; for what (reason)? Mt 26:50 v.l. (s. ὅς 1bα and 1iβ). Cp. 16.
    ⑫ marker of hostile opposition, against
    ⓐ w. dat. (Hom. et al.; 2 Macc 13:19; Sir 28:23 v.l.; fig. Ath. 22, 7 τοὺς ἐπʼ αὐτοῖς λόγους ‘counter-evidence’) Lk 12:52f (s. use of acc. b below); Ac 11:19. Cp. J 8:7 v.l. (1bβ above).
    ⓑ w. acc. (Hdt. 1, 71; X., Hell. 3, 4, 20 al.; Jos., Ant. 13, 331; LXX; En; TestJud 3:1 al.; JosAs 19:2; Just., D. 103, 7; Tat. 36, 2) ὥρμησαν ἐ. αὐτόν Ac 7:57. ἔρχεσθαι Lk 14:31. ἐπαναστήσονται τέκνα ἐ. γονεῖς Mt 10:21; Mk 13:12; cp. ἔθνος ἐ. ἔθνος Mt 24:7; Mk 13:8. ἐφʼ ἑαυτόν divided against himself Mt 12:26; Mk 3:24f, 26; Lk 11:17f; cp. J 13:18 (s. Ps 40:10); Ac 4:27; 13:50 al.—Lk 12:53 (4 times; the first and third occurrences w. the acc. are prob. influenced by usage in Mic 7:6; the use of the dat. Lk 12:52f [s. a above] w. a verb expressing a circumstance is in accord with older Gk. [Il. et al.], which prefers the acc. with verbs of motion in ref. to hostility). Cp. 15.
    ⑬ marker of number or measure, w. acc. (Hdt. et. al.; LXX; GrBar 3:6) ἐ. τρίς (CIG 1122, 9; PHolm α18) three times Ac 10:16; 11:10. So also ἐ. πολύ more than once Hm 4, 1, 8. ἐ. πολύ (also written ἐπιπολύ) in a different sense to a great extent, carefully (Hdt., Thu. et al.; Lucian, D. Deor. 6, 2; 25, 2; 3 Macc 5:17; Jos., Ant. 17, 107) B 4:1. ἐ. πλεῖον to a greater extent, further (Hdt., Thu. et al.; Diod S 11, 60, 5 al.; prob. 2 Macc 12:36; TestGad 7:2; Ar. 4, 3; Ath. 7, 1 ἐ. το πλεῖστον) 2 Ti 3:9; 1 Cl 18:3 (Ps 50:4). ἐ. τὸ χεῖρον 2 Ti 3:13. ἐφʼ ὅσον to the degree that, in so far as (Diod S 1, 93, 2; Maximus Tyr. 11, 3c ἐφʼ ὅσον δύναται; Hierocles 14 p. 451) Mt 25:40, 45; B 4:11; 17:1; Ro 11:13.
    ⑭ marker indicating the one to whom, for whom, or about whom someth. is done, to, on, about
    ⓐ w. dat. πράσσειν τι ἐ. τινι do someth. to someone Ac 5:35 (thus Appian, Bell. Civ. 3, 15 §51; cp. δρᾶν τι ἐ. τινι Hdt. 3, 14; Aelian, NA 11, 11); about γεγραμμένα ἐπʼ αὐτῷ J 12:16 (cp. Hdt. 1, 66). προφητεύειν ἐ. τινι Rv 10:11. μαρτυρεῖν bear witness about Hb 11:4; Rv 22:16. ἐ. σοὶ … φανερώσει κύριος τὸ λύτρον the Lord will reveal the salvation to you GJs 7:2.
    ⓑ w. acc.
    α. ὁ ἄνθρωπος ἐφʼ ὸ̔ν γεγόνει τὸ σημεῖον the man on whom the miracle had been performed Ac 4:22 (cp. Just., D. 128, 1 κρίσεως γεγενημένης ἐ. Σόδομα). ἐφʼ ὸ̔ν λέγεται ταῦτα the one about whom this was said Hb 7:13 (cp. ἐ. πόρρω οὖσαν [γενεὰν] ἐγὼ λαλῶ En 1:2). γέγραπται ἐπʼ αὐτόν Mk 9:12f; cp. Ro 4:9; 1 Ti 1:18; βάλλειν κλῆρον ἐ. τι for someth. Mk 15:24; J 19:24 (Ps 21:19). ἀνέβη ὁ κλῆρος ἐ. Συμεών the lot came up in favor of Simeon GJs 24:4.
    β. of powers, conditions, etc., which come upon someone or under whose influence someone is: on, upon, to, over ἐγένετο ῥῆμα θεοῦ ἐ. Ἰωάννην the word of God came to John Lk 3:2 (cp. Jer 1:1). Of divine blessings (cp. En 1:8; ParJer 5:28) Mt 10:13; 12:28; Lk 10:6; 11:20; cp. 10:9; Ac 10:10. ἵνα ἐπισκηνώσῃ ἐπʼ ἐμὲ ἡ δύναμις τ. Χριστοῦ that the power of Christ may rest upon me 2 Cor 12:9. χάρις θεοῦ ἦν ἐπʼ αὐτό Lk 2:40. Various verbs are used in ref. to the Holy Spirit, either in pass. or act. role, in connection w. ἐ. τινα: ἐκχεῖν Ac 2:17f (Jo 3:1f); cp. 10:45; Tit 3:6. ἀποστέλλειν (ἐξαποστέλλειν v.l.) Lk 24:49. ἐπέρχεσθαι 1:35; Ac 1:8 (Just., D. 87, 3; cp. ἔρχεσθαι A I, 33, 6; D. 49, 7 ἀπὸ τοῦ Ἠλίου ἐ. τὸν Ἰωάννην ἐλθεῖν). ἐπιπίπτειν 10:44. καταβαίνειν Lk 3:22; J 1:33. τίθεσθαι Mt 12:18 (cp. Is 42:1). Also εἶναι Lk 2:25. μένειν J 1:32f. ἀναπαύεσθαι 1 Pt 4:14. Of unpleasant or startling experiences Lk 1:12, 65; 4:36; Ac 13:11; 19:17; Rv 11:11.—Lk 19:43; 21:35, cp. vs. 34; J 18:4; Eph 5:6; cp. Rv 3:3.—Ro 2:2, 9; 15:3 (Ps 68:10). Of the blood of the righteous, that comes over or upon the murderers Mt 23:35; 27:25; Ac 5:28. Of care, which one casts on someone else 1 Pt 5:7 (Ps 54:23).
    ⑮ marker of feelings directed toward someone, in, on, for, toward, w. acc., after words that express belief, trust, hope: πιστεύειν ἐ. τινα, w. acc. (Wsd 12:2; Just., D. 16:4 al.) Ac 9:42; 11:17; 16:31; 22:19; Ro 4:24. πίστις Hb 6:1. πεποιθέναι (Is 58:14) Mt 27:43; 2 Th 3:4; 2 Cor 2:3. ἐλπίζειν (1 Ch 5:20; 2 Ch 13:18 al.; PsSol 9:10; 17:3; Just., D. 16:4 al.) 1 Pt 1:13; 1 Ti 5:5. After words that characterize an emotion or its expression: for κόπτεσθαι (Zech 12:10) Rv 1:7; 18:9. κλαίειν Lk 23:28; Rv 18:9 (cp. JosAs 15:9 χαρήσεται ἐ. σέ). σπλαγχνίζεσθαι Mt 15:32; Mk 8:2; 9:22; Hm 4, 3, 5; Hs 9, 24, 2. χρηστός toward Lk 6:35. χρηστότης Ro 11:22; Eph 2:7; cp. Ro 9:23. Esp. also if the feelings or their expressions are of a hostile nature: toward, against (cp. λοιδορεῖν Just., D. 137, 2) ἀποτομία Ro 11:22. μαρτύριον Lk 9:5. μάρτυς ἐ. τ. ἐμὴν ψυχήν a witness against my soul (cp. Dssm., LO 258; 355 [LAE 304; 417]) 2 Cor 1:23. ἀσχημονεῖν 1 Cor 7:36. μοιχᾶσθαι Mk 10:11. τολμᾶν 2 Cor 10:2 (En 7:4). βρύχειν τ. ὀδόντας Ac 7:54. Cp. 12.
    ⑯ marker of object or purpose, with dat. in ref. to someth. (Hom., Thu. et al.; SIG 888, 5 ἐ. τῇ τῶν ἀνθρ. σωτηρίᾳ; PTebt 44, 6 [114 B.C.] ὄντος μου ἐ. θεραπείᾳ ἐν τῷ Ἰσιείω; LXX; TestJob 3:5 ὁ ἐ. τῇ σωτηρίᾳ τῆς ἐμῆς ψυχῆς ἐλθών; Jos., Ant. 5, 101; Just., A I, 29, 1 ἐ. παίδων ἀναστροφῇ; D. 91, 4 ἐ. σωτηρίᾳ τῶν πιστευόντων) καλείν τινα ἐ. τινι call someone for someth. Gal 5:13 (on ἐπʼ ἐλευθερίᾳ cp. Demosth. 23, 124; [59], 32); ἐ. ἀκαθαρσίᾳ for impurity, i.e. so that we should be impure 1 Th 4:7. κτισθέντες ἐ. ἔργοις ἀγαθοῖς for good deeds Eph 2:10. λογομαχεῖν ἐ. καταστροφῇ τῶν ἀκουόντων for the ruin of those who hear 2 Ti 2:14 (cp. Eur., Hipp. 511; X., Mem. 2, 3, 19 ἐ. βλάβη; Hdt. 1, 68 ἐ. κακῷ ἀνθρώπου; Polyb. 27, 7, 13 and PGM 4, 2440 ἐπʼ ἀγαθῷ=‘for good’). Cp. 11.
    ⑰ marker in idiom of authorization, w. dat.: the formula ἐ. τῷ ὀνοματί τινος, in the name of someone, used w. many verbs (Just., D. 39, 6 w. γίνεσθαι, otherw. ἐ. ὀνόματος, e.g. A I, 61, 13; w. διὰ τοῦ ὀ. and in oaths κατὰ τοῦ ὀ. A II, 6, 6, D. 30, 3; 85, 2.—Ath. 23, 1 ἐ. ὀνόματι εἰδώλων.—ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι LXX; JosAs 9:1), focuses on the authorizing function of the one named in the gen. (cp. WHeitmüller [‘Im Namen Jesu’ 1903, 13ff], ‘in connection with, or by the use of, i.e. naming, or calling out, or calling upon the name’ [88]): βαπτίζειν Ac 2:38. δέχεσθαί τινα Mt 18:5; Mk 9:37; Lk 9:48. διδάσκειν Ac 4:18; 5:28. δύναμιν ποιεῖν Mk 9:39. ἐκβάλλειν δαιμόνια Lk 9:49 v.l. ἔρχεσθαι Mt 24:5; Mk 13:6; Lk 21:8. κηρύσσειν 24:47. λαλεῖν Ac 4:17; 5:40. Semantically divergent from the preceding, but formulaically analogous, is καλεῖν τινα ἐ. τῷ ὀν. τινος name someone after someone (2 Esdr 17:63) Lk 1:59.—ὄνομα 1dγג.—M-M.
    ⑱ marker of temporal associations, in the time of, at, on, for
    ⓐ w. gen., time within which an event or condition takes place (Hom.+) in the time of, under (kings or other rulers): in the time of Elisha Lk 4:27 (cp. Just., D. 46, 6 ἐ. Ἠλίου). ἐ. τῆς μετοικεσίας at the time of the exile Mt 1:11. Under=during the rule or administration of (Hes., Op. 111; Hdt. 6, 98 al.; OGI 90, 15; PAmh 43, 2 [173 B.C.]; UPZ 162 V, 5 [117 B.C.]; 1 Esdr 2:12; 1 Macc 13:42; 2 Macc 15:22; Jos., Ant. 12, 156 ἐ. ἀρχιερέως Ὀ.) ἐ. Ἀβιαθὰρ ἀρχιερέως under, in the time of, Abiathar the high priest Mk 2:26. ἐ. ἀρχιερέως Ἅννα καὶ Καιάφα Lk 3:2. ἐ. Κλαυδίου Ac 11:28 (Just., A I, 26, 2). ἐ. τῶν πατέρων in the time of the fathers 1 Cl 23:3. ἐπʼ ἐσχάτων τῶν ἡμερῶν in the last days (Gen 49:1; Num 24:14; Mi 4:1; Jer 37:24; Da 10:14) 2 Pt 3:3; Hs 9, 12, 3; cp. Hb 1:2. ἐπʼ ἐσχάτου τοῦ χρόνου in the last time Jd 18. ἐπʼ ἐσχάτου τῶν χρόνων at the end of the times/ages 1 Pt 1:20. ἐ. τῶν προσευχῶν μου when I pray, in my prayers (cp. PTebt 58, 31 [111 B.C.] ἐ. τ. διαλόγου, ‘in the discussion’; 4 Macc 15:19 ἐ. τ. βασάνων ‘during the tortures’; Sir 37:29; 3 Macc 5:40; Demetr.: 722, Fgm. 1, 14 Jac. ἐ. τοῦ ἀρίστου; Synes., Ep. 121 p. 258c ἐ. τῶν κοινῶν ἱερῶν) Ro 1:10; Eph 1:16; 1 Th 1:2; Phlm 4.
    ⓑ w. dat., time at or during which (Hom. et al.; PTebt 5, 66 [118 B.C.]; PAmh 157; LXX; Just., A I, 13, 3 ἐ. χρόνοις Τίερίου) at, in, at the time of, during: ἐ. τοῖς νῦν χρόνοις in these present times 2 Cl 19:4. ἐ. τῇ πρώτῃ διαθήκῃ at the time of the first covenant Hb 9:15. ἐ. συντελείᾳ τ. αἰώνων at the close of the age 9:26 (Tat. 13, 1 ἐ. ς. τοῦ κόσμου; cp. Sir 22:10 and PLond III, 954, 18 p. 154 [260 A.D.] ἐ. τέλει τ. χρόνου; POxy 275, 20 [66 A.D.] ἐ. συνκλεισμῷ τ. χρόνου; En 27:3 ἐπʼ ἐσχάτοις αἰώσιν). ἐ. τῇ θυσίᾳ at the time of, together with, the sacrifice Phil 2:17. ἐ. πάσῃ τῇ μνείᾳ ὑμῶν at every remembrance of you Phil 1:3. ἐ. παροργισμῷ ὑμῶν during your wrath, i.e. while you are angry Eph 4:26. ἐ. πάσῃ τῇ ἀνάγκῃ in all (our) distress 1 Th 3:7b. ἐ. πάσῃ τῇ θλίψει 2 Cor 1:4. ἐ. τούτῳ in the meanwhile J 4:27 (Lucian, Dial. Deor. 17, 2, cp. Philops. 14 p. 41; Syntipas p. 76, 2 ἐφʼ ἡμέραις ἑπτα; 74, 6).
    ⓒ w. acc.
    α. answering the question ‘when?’ on: ἐ. τὴν αὔριον (Sb 6011, 14 [I B.C.]; PRyl 441 ἐ. τὴν ἐπαύριον) (on) the next day Lk 10:35; Ac 4:5. ἐ. τὴν ὥραν τ. προσευχῆς at the hour of prayer 3:1 (Polyaenus 8, 17 ἐ. ὥραν ὡρισμένην).
    β. answering the qu. ‘how long?’ for, over a period of (Hom. et al.; Mitt-Wilck. II/2, 170, 8=BGU 1058, 9 [13 B.C.]; POxy 275, 9; 15 ἐ. τὸν ὅλον χρόνον; PTebt 381, 19 ἐφʼ ὸ̔ν χρόνον περίεστιν ἡ μήτηρ; LXX; En 106:15; TestJob 30:2 ἐ. ὥρας τρεῖς; TestJud 3:4; TestGad 5:11; Jos., Ant. 11, 2; Just., D. 142, 1 ἐ. ποσόν ‘for awhile’) ἐ. ἔτη τρία for three years (Phlegon: 257 Fgm. 36, 2, 1 Jac.) Lk 4:25. ἐ. τρεῖς ἡμέρας for three days (Diod S 13, 19, 2; Arrian, Anab. 4, 9, 4; GDI 4706, 119 [Thera] ἐπʼ ἀμέρας τρεῖς) GPt 8:30 al. ἐ. ἡμέρας πλείους over a period of many days (Jos., Ant. 4, 277) Ac 13:31.—16:18 (ἐ. πολλὰς ἡμέρας as Appian, Liby. 29 §124; cp. Diod S 3, 16, 4); 17:2; 19:8, 10, 34; 27:20; Hb 11:30. ἐ. χρόνον for a while (cp. Il. 2, 299; Hdt. 9, 22, 1; Apollon. Rhod. 4, 1257; Jos., Vi. 2) Lk 18:4. ἐ. πλείονα χρόνον (Diod S 3, 16, 6; Hero Alex. I p. 344, 17) Ac 18:20. ἐφʼ ὅσον χρόνον as long as Ro 7:1; 1 Cor 7:39; Gal 4:1. Also ἐφʼ ὅσον as long as Mt 9:15; 2 Pt 1:13 (for other mngs. of ἐφʼ ὅσον s. above under 13). ἐφʼ ἱκανόν (sc. χρόνον) for a considerable time (EpArist 109) Ac 20:11. ἐ. χρόνον ἱκανόν Qua. ἐ. πολύ for a long time, throughout a long period of time (Thu. 1, 7; 1, 18, 1; 2, 16, 1 al.; Appian, Liby. 5 §21; Arrian, Cyneg. 23, 1; Lucian, Toxar. 20; Wsd 18:20; Sir 49:13; JosAs 19:3; Jos., Vi. 66: Just., A I, 65, 3) Ac 28:6. ἐ. πλεῖον the same (schol. on Pind., N. 7, 56b; PLille 3, 16 [III B.C.]; Jdth 13:1; Sir prol. l. 7; Jos., Ant. 18, 150) Ac 20:9; any longer (Lucian, D. Deor. 5, 3; Appian, Hann. 54 §227; 3 Macc 5:8; Wsd 8:12; Ath. 12, 3) Ac 24:4; 1 Cl 55:1.

    Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > ἐπί

  • 30 high

    1. adjective
    1) hoch [Berg, Gebäude, Mauer]
    2) (above normal level) hoch [Stiefel]

    the river/water is high — der Fluss/das Wasser steht hoch

    be left high and dry — (fig.) auf dem trock[e]nen sitzen (ugs.)

    3) (far above ground or sea level) hoch [Gipfel, Punkt]; groß [Höhe]
    4) (to or from far above the ground) hoch [Aufstieg, Sprung]

    high diving — Turmspringen, das; see also academic.ru/5412/bar">bar 1. 2)

    5) (of exalted rank) hoch [Beamter, Amt, Gericht]

    high and mighty — (coll.): (highhanded) selbstherrlich; (coll.): (superior) hochnäsig (ugs.)

    be born or destined for higher things — zu Höherem geboren od. bestimmt sein

    6) (great in degree) hoch; groß [Gefallen, Bedeutung]; stark [Wind]

    be held in high regard/esteem — hohes Ansehen/hohe Wertschätzung genießen

    high blood pressure — Bluthochdruck, der

    have a high opinion of somebody/something — eine hohe Meinung von jemandem/etwas haben (geh.); viel von jemandem/etwas halten

    7) (noble, virtuous) hoch [Ideal, Ziel, Prinzip, Berufung]; edel [Charakter]

    it is high time you left — es ist od. wird höchste Zeit, dass du gehst

    high summer — Hochsommer, der

    9) (luxurious, extravagant) üppig [Leben]
    10) (enjoyable)

    have a high [old] time — sich bestens amüsieren

    11) (coll.): (on a drug) high nicht attr. (ugs.) (on von)

    get high on — sich anturnen mit (ugs.) [Haschisch, LSD usw.]

    12) (in pitch) hoch [Ton, Stimme, Lage, Klang usw.]
    13) (slightly decomposed) angegangen (landsch.) [Fleisch]
    14) (Cards) hoch
    2. adverb
    1) (in or to a high position) hoch

    search or hunt or look high and low — überall suchen

    3. noun
    1) (highest level/figure) Höchststand, der; see also all-time

    on high — hoch oben od. (geh., südd., österr.) droben; (in heaven) im Himmel

    3) (Meteorol.) Hoch, das
    * * *
    1. adjective
    1) (at, from, or reaching up to, a great distance from ground-level, sea-level etc: a high mountain; a high dive; a dive from the high diving-board.) hoch
    2) (having a particular height: This building is about 20 metres high; My horse is fifteen hands high.) hoch
    3) (great; large; considerable: The car was travelling at high speed; He has a high opinion of her work; They charge high prices; high hopes; The child has a high fever/temperature.) hoch
    4) (most important; very important: the high altar in a church; Important criminal trials are held at the High Court; a high official.) Haupt-...
    5) (noble; good: high ideals.) hoch
    6) ((of a wind) strong: The wind is high tonight.) stark
    7) ((of sounds) at or towards the top of a (musical) range: a high note.) hoch
    8) ((of voices) like a child's voice (rather than like a man's): He still speaks in a high voice.) hoch
    9) ((of food, especially meat) beginning to go bad.) angegangen
    10) (having great value: Aces and kings are high cards.) hoch
    2. adverb
    (at, or to, a great distance from ground-level, sea-level etc: The plane was flying high in the sky; He'll rise high in his profession.) hoch
    - highly
    - highness
    - high-chair
    - high-class
    - higher education
    - high fidelity
    - high-handed
    - high-handedly
    - high-handedness
    - high jump
    - highlands
    - high-level
    - highlight     3. verb
    (to draw particular attention to (a person, thing etc).) hervorheben
    - highly-strung
    - high-minded
    - high-mindedness
    - high-pitched
    - high-powered
    - high-rise
    - highroad
    - high school
    - high-spirited
    - high spirits
    - high street
    - high-tech     4. adjective
    ((also hi-tech): high-tech industries.)
    - high tide
    - high treason
    - high water
    - highway
    - Highway Code
    - highwayman
    - high wire
    - high and dry
    - high and low
    - high and mighty
    - the high seas
    - it is high time
    * * *
    [haɪ]
    I. adj
    1. (altitude) hoch präd, hohe(r, s) attr
    he lives on the \highest floor er wohnt im obersten Stockwerk
    I knew him when he was only so \high ich kannte ihn schon als kleines Kind
    the river is \high der Fluss führt Hochwasser
    she wore a dress with a \high neckline sie trug ein hochgeschlossenes Kleid
    to fly at a \high altitude in großer Höhe fliegen
    the rooms in our flat have \high ceilings unsere Wohnung hat hohe Räume
    thirty centimetres/one metre \high dreißig Zentimeter/ein Meter hoch
    \high cheekbones hohe Wangenknochen
    to do a \high dive einen Kopfsprung aus großer Höhe machen
    \high forehead hohe Stirn
    \high latitude GEOG hohe Breite
    2. (above average) hohe(r, s) attr, hoch präd
    she got very \high marks sie bekam sehr gute Noten
    the job demands a \high level of concentration die Tätigkeit erfordert hohe Konzentration
    to have \high hopes sich dat große Hoffnungen machen
    to have \high hopes for sb für jdn große Pläne haben
    to have a \high IQ einen hohen IQ haben
    a \high-scoring match ein Match nt mit vielen Treffern
    to have a \high opinion of sb von jdm eine hohe Meinung haben
    to be full of \high praise [for sb/sth] [für jdn/etw] voll des Lobes sein
    to pay a \high price for sth ( also fig) für etw akk einen hohen Preis bezahlen a. fig
    to drive at \high speed mit hoher Geschwindigkeit fahren
    to demand \high standards from sb/sth hohe Ansprüche [o Anforderungen] an jdn/etw stellen
    3. (of large numerical value)
    the casualty toll from the explosion was \high die Explosion forderte viele Opfer
    \high calibre [or AM caliber] gun großkalibrige Waffe
    of the \highest calibre [or AM caliber] ( fig) hervorragend
    the \highest common denominator der größte gemeinsame Nenner
    \high number hohe [o große] Zahl
    safety is \high on my list of priorities Sicherheit steht weit oben auf meiner Prioritätenliste
    to have sth on the \highest authority ( esp hum) etw aus zuverlässiger Quelle wissen
    \high crimes schwere Vergehen
    to hold/resign from \high office ein hohes Amt innehaben/niederlegen
    to have friends in \high places wichtige Freunde haben
    of \high rank hochrangig
    to be of \high birth adliger Abstammung sein
    to have \high principles hohe Prinzipien haben
    6. ( pej: arrogant) arrogant
    to be \high and mighty ( pej) herablassend sein
    7. (intense)
    to have a \high complexion ein gerötetes Gesicht haben
    to be \high drama hochdramatisch sein
    \high wind starker Wind
    8. MED
    \high blood-pressure hoher Blutdruck
    \high fever hohes Fieber
    9. FOOD (rich)
    \high in calories kalorienreich
    to be \high in calcium/iron viel Kalzium/Eisen enthalten
    10. (intoxicated, euphoric) high a. fig fam
    to be \high on drugs mit Drogen vollgepumpt sein
    to be [as] \high as a kite ( fam: euphoric) total high sein sl; (drunk) stockbesoffen sein sl
    11. (shrill)
    to sing in a \high key in einer hohen Tonlage singen
    a \high note ein hoher Ton
    a \high voice eine schrille Stimme
    12. LING
    \high vowel hoher Vokal
    13. pred (gone off)
    ▪ to be \high food riechen; game Hautgout haben
    14.
    ▶ with one's head held \high hoch erhobenen Hauptes
    ▶ come hell or \high water um jeden Preis
    come hell or \high water, I'm going to get this finished by midnight und wenn die Welt untergeht, bis Mitternacht habe ich das fertig
    ▶ to leave sb \high and dry jdn auf dem Trockenen sitzen lassen
    ▶ to stink to \high heaven (smell awful) wie die Pest stinken sl; (be very suspicious) zum Himmel stinken fig sl
    ▶ sb's stock is \high jds Aktien stehen gut fig, jd steht hoch im Kurs
    ▶ \high time höchste Zeit
    II. adv
    1. (position) hoch
    you have to throw the ball \high du musst den Ball in die Höhe werfen
    ▪ \high up hoch oben
    2. (amount) hoch
    the prices are running \high die Preise liegen hoch
    he said he would go as \high as 500 dollars er meinte, er würde maximal 500 Dollar ausgeben
    the sea was running \high das Meer tobte; ( fig)
    feelings were running \high die Gemüter erhitzten sich
    4.
    ▶ to hold one's head \high stolz sein
    ▶ \high and low überall
    to look [or search] for sth \high and low das Unterste nach oben kehren fig
    ▶ to live \high on [or off] the hog fürstlich leben
    III. n
    1. (high point) Höchststand m
    to reach an all-time [or a record] \high einen historischen Höchststand erreichen
    2. METEO Hoch nt
    \highs and lows Höhen und Tiefen fig
    to be on a \high high sein sl
    on \high im Himmel, in der Höhe poet
    God looked down from on \high Gott blickte vom Himmel herab; ( hum fig fam)
    the orders came from on \high die Befehle kamen von höchster Stelle
    5. AUTO höchster Gang
    to move into \high den höchsten Gang einlegen
    * * *
    [haɪ]
    1. adj (+er)
    1) mountain, wall, forehead, building hoch pred, hohe(r, s) attr

    a high dive — ein Kopfsprung m aus großer Höhe

    I knew him when he was only so high — ich kannte ihn, als er nur SO groß war or noch so klein war

    See:
    → also high ground
    2) (= important, superior) hoch pred, hohe(r, s) attr
    3) (= considerable, extreme, great) opinion, speed, temperature, fever, pressure, salary, price, rate, density, sea hoch pred, hohe(r, s) attr; reputation ausgezeichnet, hervorragend; altitude groß; wind stark; complexion, colour (hoch)rot

    /quality — von bestem Format/bester Qualität

    casualties were high — es gab viele Opfer; (Mil) es gab hohe Verluste

    to put a high value on sth —

    to have high expectations of sb/sth — hohe Erwartungen an jdn/etw stellen

    in (very) high spirits — in Hochstimmung, in äußerst guter Laune

    to have a high old time (inf) — sich prächtig amüsieren, mächtig Spaß haben (inf)

    4) (= good, admirable) ideals, principles hoch
    5)

    (of time) high noon — zwölf Uhr mittags

    it's high time you went home — es ist or wird höchste Zeit, dass du nach Hause gehst

    6) sound, note hoch; (= shrill) schrill
    7) (inf on drugs) high (inf); (on drink) blau (inf)
    8) meat angegangen
    9) (CARDS) hoch pred, hohe(r, s) attr
    2. adv (+er)
    1) hoch

    high up (position) — hoch oben; (motion) hoch hinauf

    birds circling very high up — Vögel, die ganz weit oben kreisen

    higher up the hill was a small farm — etwas weiter oben am Berg lag ein kleiner Bauernhof

    2)

    to go as high as £200 — bis zu £ 200 (hoch) gehen

    inflation is climbing higher and higher —

    3. n
    1)
    2)

    unemployment/the pound has reached a new high — die Arbeitslosenzahlen haben/das Pfund hat einen neuen Höchststand erreicht

    3) (MET) Hoch nt
    4) (US AUT

    = top gear) in high —

    5) (US inf = high school) Penne f (inf)
    * * *
    high [haı]
    A adj (adv → highly)( → higher, highest)
    1. hoch:
    ten feet high zehn Fuß hoch;
    at high altitudes in großen Höhen; → beam A 6, horse A 1
    2. hoch (gelegen):
    High Asia Hochasien n
    3. GEOG hoch (nahe den Polen):
    high latitude hohe Breite
    4. hoch (Grad):
    high expectations große oder hohe Erwartungen;
    high favo(u)r hohe Gunst;
    high hopes große Hoffnungen;
    high praise großes Lob;
    keep the pace high SPORT das Tempo hoch halten;
    a) hohe Geschwindigkeit,
    b) SCHIFF hohe Fahrt, äußerste Kraft;
    high starting number SPORT hohe Startnummer;
    be high in calories viele Kalorien haben;
    be high in fat fettreich sein; → gear A 3
    5. stark, heftig:
    high passion wilde Leidenschaft;
    high wind starker Wind;
    high words heftige oder scharfe Worte
    6. hoch (im Rang), Hoch…, Ober…, Haupt…:
    a high official ein hoher Beamter;
    the Most High der Allerhöchste (Gott)
    7. bedeutend, hoch, wichtig:
    high aims hohe Ziele;
    high politics pl (oft als sg konstruiert) hohe Politik
    8. hoch (Stellung), vornehm, edel:
    of high birth von hoher oder edler Geburt, hochgeboren;
    high society High Society f, gehobene Gesellschaftsschicht; → standing A 1
    9. hoch, erhaben, edel:
    high spirit erhabener Geist
    10. hoch, gut, erstklassig (Qualität etc):
    high performance hohe Leistung
    11. hoch, Hoch… (auf dem Höhepunkt stehend):
    High Middle Ages pl Hochmittelalter n;
    high period Glanzzeit f (eines Künstlers etc)
    12. hoch, fortgeschritten (Zeit):
    high summer Hochsommer m;
    it is high day es ist heller Tag; → high time 1, noon A 1
    13. (zeitlich) fern, tief:
    in high antiquity tief im Altertum
    14. LING
    a) Hoch… (Sprache)
    b) hoch (Laut):
    high tone Hochton m
    15. hoch (im Kurs), teuer:
    land is high Land ist teuer
    17. extrem, eifrig (Sozialdemokrat etc)
    18. a) hoch, hell (Ton etc)
    b) schrill, laut (Stimme etc)
    19. lebhaft (Farben):
    high complexion rosiger Teint
    20. erregend, spannend (Abenteuer etc)
    21. a) gehoben, heiter: → jinks, spirit A 8
    b) umg blau (betrunken)
    c) umg high (im Drogenrausch)
    22. umg scharf, erpicht ( beide:
    on auf akk)
    23. GASTR angegangen, mit Hautgout (Wild):
    be high Hautgout haben
    24. SCHIFF hoch am Wind
    B adv
    1. hoch:
    aim high fig sich hohe Ziele setzen oder stecken;
    lift high in die Höhe heben, hochheben;
    a) hochgehen (See, Wellen),
    b) fig toben (Gefühle);
    feelings ran high die Gemüter erhitzten sich;
    search high and low überall suchen, etwas wie eine Stecknadel suchen
    2. stark, heftig, in hohem Grad oder Maß
    3. teuer:
    pay high teuer bezahlen
    4. hoch, mit hohem Einsatz:
    5. üppig:
    live high in Saus und Braus leben
    6. SCHIFF hoch am Wind
    C s
    1. (An)Höhe f, hoch gelegener Ort:
    a) hoch oben, droben,
    b) hoch hinauf,
    c) im oder zum Himmel;
    a) von oben,
    b) vom Himmel
    2. METEO Hoch(druckgebiet) n
    3. TECH
    a) hochübersetztes oder hochuntersetztes Getriebe (an Fahrzeugen), besonders Geländegang m
    b) höchster Gang:
    move ( oder shift) into high den höchsten Gang einlegen
    4. fig Höchststand m:
    his life was full of highs and lows sein Leben war voller Höhen und Tiefen
    5. umg für high school
    6. he’s still got his high umg er ist noch immer blau oder high
    * * *
    1. adjective
    1) hoch [Berg, Gebäude, Mauer]
    2) (above normal level) hoch [Stiefel]

    the river/water is high — der Fluss/das Wasser steht hoch

    be left high and dry — (fig.) auf dem trock[e]nen sitzen (ugs.)

    3) (far above ground or sea level) hoch [Gipfel, Punkt]; groß [Höhe]
    4) (to or from far above the ground) hoch [Aufstieg, Sprung]

    high diving — Turmspringen, das; see also bar 1. 2)

    5) (of exalted rank) hoch [Beamter, Amt, Gericht]

    high and mighty — (coll.): (highhanded) selbstherrlich; (coll.): (superior) hochnäsig (ugs.)

    be born or destined for higher things — zu Höherem geboren od. bestimmt sein

    6) (great in degree) hoch; groß [Gefallen, Bedeutung]; stark [Wind]

    be held in high regard/esteem — hohes Ansehen/hohe Wertschätzung genießen

    high blood pressure — Bluthochdruck, der

    have a high opinion of somebody/something — eine hohe Meinung von jemandem/etwas haben (geh.); viel von jemandem/etwas halten

    7) (noble, virtuous) hoch [Ideal, Ziel, Prinzip, Berufung]; edel [Charakter]
    8) (of time, season)

    it is high time you left — es ist od. wird höchste Zeit, dass du gehst

    high summer — Hochsommer, der

    9) (luxurious, extravagant) üppig [Leben]

    have a high [old] time — sich bestens amüsieren

    11) (coll.): (on a drug) high nicht attr. (ugs.) (on von)

    get high on — sich anturnen mit (ugs.) [Haschisch, LSD usw.]

    12) (in pitch) hoch [Ton, Stimme, Lage, Klang usw.]
    13) (slightly decomposed) angegangen (landsch.) [Fleisch]
    14) (Cards) hoch
    2. adverb

    search or hunt or look high and low — überall suchen

    3. noun
    1) (highest level/figure) Höchststand, der; see also all-time

    on high — hoch oben od. (geh., südd., österr.) droben; (in heaven) im Himmel

    3) (Meteorol.) Hoch, das
    * * *
    adj.
    hoch adj.
    hoh adj. n.
    Hoch nur sing. n.
    Höchststand m.

    English-german dictionary > high

  • 31 AT

    I) prep.
    A. with dative.
    I. Of motion;
    1) towards, against;
    Otkell laut at Skamkatli, bowed down to S.;
    hann sneri egginni at Ásgrími, turned the edge against A.;
    Brynjólfr gengr alit at honum, quite up to him;
    þeir kómust aldri at honum, they could never get near him, to close quarters with him;
    3) to, at;
    koma at landi, to come to land;
    ganga at dómi, to go into court;
    4) along (= eptir);
    ganga at stræti, to walk along the street;
    dreki er niðr fór at ánni (went down the river) fyrir strauminum;
    refr dró hörpu at ísi, on the ice;
    5) denoting hostility;
    renna (sœkja) at e-m, to rush at, assault;
    gerði þá at þeim þoku mikla, they were overtaken by a thick fog;
    6) around;
    vefja motri at höfði sér, to wrap a veil round one’s head;
    bera grjót at e-m, to heap stones upon the body;
    7) denoting business, engagement;
    ríða at hrossum, at sauðum, to go looking after horses, watching sheep;
    fara at landskuldum, to go collecting rents.
    II. Of position, &c.;
    1) denoting presence at, near, by, upon;
    at kirkju, at church;
    at dómi, in court;
    at lögbergi, at the hill of laws;
    2) denoting participation in;
    vera at veizlu, brullaupi, to be at a banquet, wedding;
    3) ellipt., vera at, to be about, to be busy at;
    kvalararnir, er at vóru at pína hann, who were tormenting him;
    var þar at kona nökkur at binda (was there busy dressing) sár manna;
    4) with proper names of places (farms);
    konungr at Danmörku ok Noregi, king of;
    biskup at Hólum, bishop of Holar;
    at Helgafelli, at Bergþórshváli;
    5) used ellipt. with a genitive, at (a person’s) house;
    at hans (at his house) gisti fjölmenni mikit;
    at Marðar, at Mara’s home;
    at hins beilaga Ólafs konungs, at St. Olave’s church;
    at Ránar, at Ran’s (abode).
    III. Of time;
    1) at, in;
    at upphafi, at first, in the beginning;
    at skilnaði, at parting, when they parted;
    at páskum, at Easter;
    at kveldi, at eventide;
    at fjöru, at the ebb;
    at flœðum, at the floodtide;
    2) adding ‘komanda’ or ‘er kemr’;
    at ári komanda, next year;
    at vári, er kemr, next spring;
    generally with ‘komanda’ understood;
    at sumri, hausti, vetri, vári, next summer, &c.;
    3) used with an absolute dative and present or past part.;
    at sér lifanda, duing his lifetime;
    at öllum ásjándum, in the sight of all;
    at áheyranda höfðingjanum, in the hearing of the chief;
    at upprennandi sólu, at sunrise;
    at liðnum sex vikum, after six weeks are past;
    at honum önduðum, after his death;
    4) denoting uninterrupted succession, after;
    hverr at öðrum, annarr at öðrum, one after another;
    skildu menn at þessu, thereupon, after this;
    at því (thereafter) kómu aðrar meyjar.
    IV. fig. and in various uses;
    1) to, into, with the notion of destruction or change;
    brenna (borgina) at ösku, to burn to ashes;
    verða at ormi, to become a snake;
    2) for, as;
    gefa e-t at gjöf, as a present;
    eiga e-n at vin, to have one as friend;
    3) by;
    taka sverð at hjöltum, by the hilt;
    draga út björninn at hlustunum, by the ears;
    kjósa at afli, álitum, by strength, appearrance;
    auðigr at fé, wealthy in goods;
    vænn (fagr) at áliti, fair of face;
    5) as a law term, on the grounds of, by reason of;
    ryðja ( to challenge) dóm at mægðum, kvið at frændsemi;
    6) as a paraphrase of a genitive;
    faðir, móðir at barni (= barns, of a child);
    aðili at sök = aðili sakar;
    7) with adjectives denoting colour, size, age, of;
    hvítr, svartr, rauðr at lit, while, black, red of colour;
    mikill, lítill at stœrð, vexti, tall, small of stature;
    tvítugr at aldri, twenty years of age;
    kýr at fyrsta, öðrum kálfi, a cow that has calved once, twice;
    8) determining the source from which anything comes, of, from;
    Ari nam ok marga frœði at Þuríði (from her);
    þiggja, kaupa, geta, leigja e-t at e-m, to receive, buy, obtain, borrow a thing from one;
    hafa veg (virðing) styrk at e-m, to derive honour, power, from one;
    9) according, to, after (heygðr at fornum sið);
    at ráði allra vitrustu manna, by the advice of;
    at landslögum, by the law of the land;
    at leyfi e-s, by one’s leave;
    10) in adverbial phrases;
    gróa (vera grœddr) at heilu, to be quite healed;
    bíta af allt gras at snøggu, quite bare;
    at fullu, fully;
    at vísu, surely;
    at frjálsu, freely;
    at eilífu, for ever and ever;
    at röngu, at réttu, wrongly, rightly;
    at líku, at sömu, equally, all the same;
    at mun, at ráði, at marki, to a great extent.
    B. with acc., after, upon (= eptir);
    sonr á at taka arf at föður sinn, to take the inheritance after his father;
    at þat (= eptir þat), after that, thereafter;
    connected with a past part. or a., at Gamla fallinn, after the fall of Gamli;
    at Hrungni dauðan, upon the death of Hrungnir.
    1) as the simple mark of the infinitive, to;
    at ganga, at ríða, at hlaupa, to walk, to ride, to run;
    2) in an objective sense;
    hann bauð þeim at fara, sitja, he bade (ordered) them to go, sit;
    gefa e-m at eta, at drekka, to give one to eat, to drink;
    3) denoting design or purpose, in order to (hann gekk í borg at kaupa silfr).
    1) demonstrative particle before a comparative, the, all the, so much the;
    hón grét at meir, she wept the more;
    þykkir oss at líkara, all the more likely;
    þú ert maðr at verri (so much the worse), er þú hefir þetta mælt;
    2) rel. pron., who, which, that (= er);
    þeir allir, at þau tíðindi heyrðu, all those who heard;
    sem þeim er títt, at ( as is the custom of those who) kaupferðir reka.
    conj., that;
    1) introducing a subjective or objective clause;
    þat var einhverju sinni, at Höskuldr hafði vinaboð, it happened once that H.;
    vilda ek, at þú réðist austr í fjörðu, I should like you to go;
    2) relative to svá, denoting proportion, degree;
    svá mikill lagamaðr, at, so great a lawyer, that;
    3) with subj., denoting end or purpose, in order that (skáru þeir fyrir þá (viz. hestana) melinn, at þeir dœi eigi af sulti);
    4) since, because, as (= því at);
    5) connected with þó, því, svá;
    þó at (with subj.), though, although;
    því at, because, for;
    svá at, so that;
    6) temp., þá at (= þá er), when;
    þegar at (= þegar er), as soon as;
    þar til at (= þar til er), until, till;
    áðr at (= á. en), before;
    7) used superfluously after an int. pron. or adv.;
    Ólafr spurði, hvern styrk at hann mundi fá honum, what help he was likely to give him;
    in a relative sense; með fullkomnum ávexti, hverr at (which) þekkr ok þægiligr mun verða.
    V)
    negative verbal suffix, = ata; var-at, was not.
    odda at, Yggs at, battle.
    * * *
    1.
    and að, prep., often used ellipt. dropping the case and even merely as an adverb, [Lat. ad; Ulf. at = πρός and παρά, A. S. ät; Engl. at; Hel. ad = apud; O. H. G. az; lost in mod. Germ., and rare in Swed. and Dan.; in more freq. use in Engl. than any other kindred language, Icel. only excepted]:—the mod. pronunciation and spelling is að (aþ); this form is very old, and is found in Icel. vellum MSS. of the 12th century, e. g. aþ, 623. 60; yet in earlier times it was sounded with a tenuis, as we may infer from rhymes, e. g. jöfurr hyggi at | hve ek yrkja fat, Egill: Sighvat also makes it rhyme with a t. The verse by Thorodd—þar vastu at er fjáðr klæðið þvat (Skálda 162)—is hardly intelligible unless we accept the spelling with an aspirate (að), and say that þvað is = þvá = þváði, lavabat; it may be that by the time of Thorodd and Ari the pure old pronunciation was lost, or is ‘þvat’ simply the A. S. þvât, secuit? The Icelanders still, however, keep the tenuis in compounds before a vowel, or before h, v, or the liquids l, r, thus—atyrða, atorka, athöfn, athugi, athvarf, athlægi; atvinna, atvik; atlaga, atlíðanði ( slope), atriði, atreið, atróðr: but aðdjúpr, aðfinsla (critic), aðferð, aðkoma, aðsókn, aðsúgr (crowding), aðgæzla. In some words the pronunciation is irregular, e. g. atkvæði not aðkv-; atburðr, but aðbúnaðr; aðhjúkran not athjúkran; atgörvi not aðgörfi. At, to, towards; into; against; along, by; in regard to; after.
    Mostly with dat.; rarely with acc.; and sometimes ellipt.—by dropping the words ‘home,’ ‘house,’ or the like—with gen.
    WITH DAT.
    A. LOC.
    I. WITH MOTION; gener. the motion to the borders, limits of an object, and thus opp. to frá:
    1. towards, against, with or without the notion of arrival, esp. connected with verbs denoting motion (verba movendi et eundi), e. g. fara, ganga, koma, lúta, snúa, rétta at…; Otkell laut at Skamkatli, O. louted (i. e. bowed down) towards S., Nj. 77, Fms. xi. 102; sendimaðrinn sneri ( turned) hjöltum sverðsins at konungi, towards the king, i. 15; hann sneri egginni at Ásgrími, turned the edge towards A., Nj. 220; rétta e-t at e-m, to reach, hand over, Ld. 132; ganga at, to step towards, Ísl. ii. 259.
    2. denoting proximity, close up to, up to; Brynjólfr gengr … allt at honum, B. goes quite up to him, Nj. 58; Gunnarr kom þangat at þeim örunum, G. reached them even there with his arrows, 115; þeir kómust aldri at honum, they could never get near him, to close quarters, id.; reið maðr at þeim (up to them), 274; þeir höfðu rakit sporin allt at ( right up to) gammanum, Fms. i. 9; komu þeir at sjó fram, came down to the sea, Bárð. 180.
    3. without reference to the space traversed, to or at; koma at landi, to land, Ld. 38, Fms. viii. 358; ríða at dyrum, Boll. 344; hlaupa at e-m, to run up to, run at, Fms. vii. 218, viii. 358; af sjáfarganginum er hann gekk at landinu, of the surf dashing against the shore, xi. 6; vísa ólmum hundi at manni, to set a fierce hound at a man, Grág. ii. 118; leggja e-n at velli, to lay low, Eg. 426, Nj. 117; hníga at jörðu, at grasi, at moldu, to bite the dust, to die, Njarð. 378; ganga at dómi, a law term, to go into court, of a plaintiff, defendant, or bystander, Nj. 87 (freq.)
    4. denoting a motion along, into, upon; ganga at stræti, to walk along the street, Korm. 228, Fms. vii. 39; at ísi, on the ice, Skálda 198, Fms. vii. 19, 246, viii. 168, Eb. 112 new Ed. (á is perh. wrong); máttu menn ganga bar yfir at skipum einum, of ships alone used as a bridge, Fas. i. 378; at höfðum, at nám, to trample on the slain on the battle-field, Lex. Poët.; at ám, along the rivers; at merkiósum, at the river’s mouth, Grág. ii. 355; at endilöngu baki, all along its back, Sks. 100.
    5. denoting hostility, to rush at, assault; renna at, hlaupa at, ganga, fara, ríða, sækja, at e-m, (v. those words), whence the nouns atrenna, athlaup, atgangr, atför, atreið, atsókn, etc.
    β. metaph., kom at þeim svefnhöfgi, deep sleep fell on them, Nj. 104. Esp. of weather, in the impers. phrase, hríð, veðr, vind, storm görir at e-m, to be overtaken by a snow storm, gale, or the like; görði þá at þeim þoku mikla, they were overtaken by a thick fog, Bárð. 171.
    6. denoting around, of clothing or the like; bregða skikkju at höfði sér, to wrap his cloak over his head, Ld. 62; vefja motri at höfði sér, to wrap a snood round her head, 188; sauma at, to stick, cling close, as though sewn on; sauma at höndum sér, of tight gloves, Bs. i. 453; kyrtill svá þröngr sem saumaðr væri at honum, as though it were stitched to him, Nj. 214; vafit at vándum dreglum, tight laced with sorry tags, id.; hosa strengd fast at beini, of tight hose, Eg. 602; hann sveipar at sér iðrunum ok skyrtunni, he gathers up the entrails close to him and the skirt too, Gísl. 71; laz at síðu, a lace on the side, to keep the clothes tight, Eg. 602.
    β. of burying; bera grjót at einum, to heap stones upon the body, Eg. 719; var gör at þeim dys or grjóti, Ld. 152; gora kistu at líki, to make a coffin for a body, Eb. 264, Landn. 56, Ld. 142.
    γ. of summoning troops or followers; stefna at sér mönnum, to summon men to him, Nj. 104; stefna at sér liði, Eg. 270; kippa mönnum at sér, to gather men in haste, Ld. 64.
    7. denoting a business, engagement; ríða at hrossum, at sauðum, to go looking after after horses, watching sheep, Glúm. 362, Nj. 75; fara at fé, to go to seek for sheep, Ld. 240; fara at heyi, to go a-haymaking, Dropl. 10; at veiðum, a-hunting; at fuglum, a-fowling; at dýrum, a-sbooting; at fiski, a-fishing; at veiðiskap, Landn. 154, Orkn. 416 (in a verse), Nj. 25; fara at landskuldum, to go a-collecling rents, Eg. 516; at Finnkaupum, a-marketing with Finns, 41; at féföngum, a-plundering, Fms. vii. 78; ganga at beina, to wait on guests, Nj. 50; starfa at matseld, to serve at table, Eb. 266; hitta e-n at nauðsynjum, on matters of business; at máli, to speak with one, etc., Fms. xi. 101; rekast at e-m, to pursue one, ix. 404; ganga at liði sér, to go suing for help, Grág. ii. 384.
    β. of festivals; snúa, fá at blóti, veizlu, brullaupi, to prepare for a sacrificial banquet, wedding, or the like, hence at-fangadagr, Eb. 6, Ld. 70; koma at hendi, to happen, befall; ganga at sínu, to come by one’s own, to take it, Ld. 208; Egill drakk hvert full er at honum kom, drained every horn that came to him, Eg. 210; komast at keyptu, to purchase dearly, Húv. 46.
    8. denoting imaginary motion, esp. of places, cp. Lat. spectare, vergere ad…, to look or lie towards; horfði botninn at höfðanum, the bight of the bay looked toward the headland, Fms. i. 340, Landn. 35; also, skeiðgata liggr at læknum, leads to the brook, Ísl. ii. 339; á þann arminn er vissi at sjánum, on that wing which looked toward the sea, Fms. viii. 115; sár þau er horft höfðu at Knúti konungi, xi. 309.
    β. even connected with verbs denoting motion; Gilsáreyrr gengr austan at Fljótinu, G. extends, projects to F. from the east, Hrafh. 25; hjá sundi því, er at gengr þingstöðinni, Fms. xi. 85.
    II. WITHOUT MOTION; denoting presence at, near, by, at the side of, in, upon; connected with verbs like sitja, standa, vera…; at kirkju, at church, Fms. vii. 251, K. f). K. 16, Ld. 328, Ísl. ii. 270, Sks. 36; vera at skála, at húsi, to be in, at home, Landn. 154; at landi, Fms. i. 82; at skipi, on shipboard, Grág. i. 209, 215; at oldri, at a banquet, inter pocula; at áti, at dinner, at a feast, inter edendum, ii. 169, 170; at samförum ok samvistum, at public meetings, id.; at dómi, in a court; standa (to take one’s stand) norðan, sunnan, austan, vestan at dómi, freq. in the proceedings at trials in lawsuits, Nj.; at þingi, present at the parliament, Grág. i. 142; at lögbergi, o n the hill of laws, 17, Nj.; at baki e-m, at the back of.
    2. denoting presence, partaking in; sitja at mat, to sit at meat, Fms. i. 241; vera at veizlu, brullaupi, to be at a banquet, nuptials, Nj. 51, Ld. 70: a law term, vera at vígi, to be an accessory in manslaying, Nj. 89, 100; vera at e-u simply means to be about, be busy in, Fms. iv. 237; standa at máli, to stand by one in a case, Grág. ii. 165, Nj. 214; vera at fóstri, to be fostered, Fms. i. 2; sitja at hégóma, to listen to nonsense, Ld. 322; vera at smíð, to be at one’s work, Þórð. 62: now absol., vera at, to go on with, be busy at.
    3. the law term vinna eið at e-u has a double meaning:
    α. vinna eið at bók, at baugi, to make an oath upon the book by laying the band upon it, Landn. 258, Grág., Nj.; cp. Vkv. 31, Gkv. 3. 3, Hkv. 2. 29, etc.: ‘við’ is now used in this sense.
    β. to confirm a fact (or the like) by an oath, to swear to, Grág. i. 9, 327.
    γ. the law phrase, nefna vátta at e-u, of summoning witnesses to a deed, fact, or the like; nefna vátta at benjum, to produce evidence, witnesses as to the wounds, Nj., Grág.; at görð, Eg. 738; at svörum, Grág. i. 19: this summoning of witnesses served in old lawsuits the same purpose as modern pleadings and depositions; every step in a suit to be lawful must be followed by such a summoning or declaration.
    4. used ellipt., vera at, to be about, to be busy at; kvalararnir er at vóru at pína hann, who were tormenting him; þar varstu at, you were there present, Skálda 162; at várum þar, Gísl. (in a verse): as a law term ‘vera at’ means to be guilty, Glúm. 388; vartattu at þar, Eg. (in a verse); hence the ambiguity of Glum’s oath, vask at þar, I was there present: var þar at kona nokkur ( was there busy) at binda sár manna, Fms. v. 91; hann var at ok smíðaði skot, Rd. 313; voru Varbelgir at ( about) at taka af, þau lög …, Fms. ix. 512; ek var at ok vafk, I was about weaving, xi. 49; þeir höfðu verit at þrjú sumur, they had been busy at it for three summers, x. 186 (now very freq.); koma at, come in, to arrive unexpectedly; Gunnarr kom at í því, G. came in at that moment; hvaðan komtú nú at, whence did you come? Nj. 68, Fms. iii. 200.
    5. denoting the kingdom or residence of a king or princely person; konungr at Danmörk ok Noregi, king of…, Fms. i. 119, xi. 281; konungr, jarl, at öllum Noregi, king, earl, over all N., íb. 3, 13, Landn. 25; konungr at Dyflinni, king of Dublin, 25; but í or yfir England!, Eg. 263: cp. the phrase, sitja at landi, to reside, of a king when at home, Hkr. i. 34; at Joini, Fms. xi. 74: used of a bishop; biskup at Hólum, bishop of Hólar, Íb. 18, 19; but biskup í Skálaholti, 19: at Rómi, at Rome, Fbr. 198.
    6. in denoting a man’s abode (vide p. 5, col. 1, l. 27), the prep. ‘at’ is used where the local name implies the notion of by the side of, and is therefore esp. applied to words denoting a river, brook, rock, mountain, grove, or the like, and in some other instances, by, at, e. g. at Hofi (a temple), Landn. 198; at Borg ( a castle), 57; at Helgafelli (a mountain), Eb. constantly so; at Mosfelli, Landn. 190; at Hálsi (a hill), Fms. xi. 22; at Bjargi, Grett. 90; Hálsum, Landn. 143; at Á ( river), 296, 268; at Bægisá, 212; Giljá, 332; Myrká, 211; Vatnsá, id.; þverá, Glúm. 323; at Fossi (a ‘force’ or waterfall), Landn. 73; at Lækjamoti (waters-meeting), 332; at Hlíðarenda ( end of the lithe or hill), at Bergþórshváli, Nj.; at Lundi (a grove), at Melum (sandhill), Landn. 70: the prep. ‘á’ is now used in most of these cases, e. g. á Á, á Hofi, Helgafelli, Felli, Hálsi, etc.
    β. particularly, and without any regard to etymology, used of the abode of kings or princes, to reside at; at Uppsölum, at Haugi, Alreksstöðum, at Hlöðum, Landn., Fms.
    γ. konungr lét kalla at stofudyrum, the king made a call at the hall door, Eg. 88; þeir kölluðu at herberginu, they called at the inn, Fms. ix. 475.
    7. used ellipt. with a gen., esp. if connected with such words as gista, to be a guest, lodge, dine, sup (of festivals or the like) at one’s home; at Marðar, Nj. 4; at hans, 74; þingfesti at þess bóanda, Grág. i. 152; at sín, at one’s own home, Eg. 371, K. Þ. K. 62; hafa náttstað at Freyju, at the abode of goddess Freyja, Eg. 603; at Ránar, at Ran’s, i. e. at Ran’s house, of drowned men who belong to the queen of the sea, Ran, Eb. 274; at hins heilaga Ólafs konungs, at St. Olave’s church, Fms. vi. 63: cp. ad Veneris, εις Κίμωνος.
    B. TEMP.
    I. at, denoting a point or period of time; at upphafi, at first, in the beginning, Ld. 104; at lyktum, at síðustu, at lokum, at last; at lesti, at last, Lex. Poët., more freq. á lesti; at skilnaði, at parting, at last, Band. 3; at fornu, in times of yore, formerly, Eg. 267, D. I. i. 635; at sinni, as yet, at present; at nýju, anew, of present time; at eilífu, for ever and ever; at skömmu, soon, shortly, Ísl. ii. 272, v. l.
    II. of the very moment when anything happens, the beginning of a term; denoting the seasons of the year, months, weeks, the hours of the day; at Jólum, at Yule, Nj. 46; at Pálmadegi, on Palm Sunday, 273; at Páskum, at Easter; at Ólafsvöku, on St. Olave’s eve, 29th of July, Fms.; at vetri, at the beginning of the winter, on the day when winter sets in, Grág. 1. 151; at sumarmálum, at vetrnáttum; at Tvímánaði, when the Double month (August) begins, Ld. 256, Grág. i. 152; at kveldi, at eventide, Eg. 3; at því meli, at that time; at eindaga, at the term, 395; at eykð, at 4 o’clock p. m., 198; at öndverðri æfi Abra hams, Ver. II; at sinni, now at once, Fms. vi. 71; at öðruhverju, every now and then.
    β. where the point of time is marked by some event; at þingi, at the meeting of parliament (18th to the 24th of June), Ld. 182; at féránsdómi, at the court of execution, Grág. i. 132, 133; at þinglausnum, at the close of the parliament (beginning of July), 140; at festarmálum, eðr at eiginorði, at betrothal or nuptials, 174; at skilnaði, when they parted, Nj. 106 (above); at öllum minnum, at the general drinking of the toasts, Eg. 253; at fjöru, at the ebb; at flæðum, at flood tide, Fms. viii. 306, Orkn. 428; at hrörum, at an inquest, Grág. i. 50 (cp. ii. 141, 389); at sökum, at prosecutions, 30; at sinni, now, as yet, v. that word.
    III. ellipt., or adding ‘komanda’ or ‘er kemr,’ of the future time:
    1. ellipt., komanda or the like being understood, with reference to the seasons of the year; at sumri, at vetri, at hausti, at vári, next summer, winter…, Ísl. ii. 242; at miðju sumri, at ári, at Midsummer, next year, Fas. i. 516; at miðjum vetri, Fms. iv. 237,
    2. adding ‘komanda’ or ‘er kemr;’ at ári komanda, Bárð. 177; at vári er kemr, Dipl. iii. 6.
    IV. used with an absolute dat. and with a pres. part.:
    1. with pres. part.; at morni komanda, on the coming morrow, Fms. i. 263; at sér lifanda, in vivo, in his life time, Grág. ii. 202; at þeim sofundum, illis dormientibus, Hkr. i. 234; at öllum ásjándum, in the sight of all, Fms. x. 329; at úvitanda konungi, illo nesciente, without his knowledge, 227; at áheyranda höfðingjanum, in the chief’s bearing, 235.
    2. of past time with a past part. (Lat. abl. absol.); at hræjum fundnum, on the bodies being found, Grág. ii. 87; at háðum dómum ok föstu þingi, during the session, the courts being set, i. 484; at liðnum sex vikum, after six weeks past, Band. 13; at svá búnu, so goru, svá komnu, svá mæltu (Lat. quibus rebus gestis, dictis, quo facto, dicto, etc.), v. those words; at úreyndu, without trial, without put ting one to the test, Ld. 76; at honum önduðum, illo mortuo.
    3. ellipt. without ‘at;’ en þessum hlutum fram komnum, when all this has been done, Eb. 132.
    V. in some phrases with a slight temp, notion; at görðum gildum, the fences being strong, Gþl. 387; at vörmu spori, at once, whilst the trail is warm; at úvörum, unawares, suddenly, Nj. 95, Ld. 132; at þessu, at this cost, on that condition, Eb. 38, Nj. 55; at illum leiki, to have a narrow escape, now við illan leik, Fms. ix. 473; at því, that granted, Grág. ii. 33: at því, at pessu, thereafter, thereupon, Nj. 76.
    2. denoting succession, without interruption, one after another; hverr at öðrum, annarr maðr at öðrum, aðrir at öðrum; eina konu at annarri, Eg. 91, Fms. ii. 236, vi. 25, Bs. i. 22, 625. 80, H. E. i. 522.
    C. METAPH. and in various cases:
    I. denoting a transformation or change into, to, with the notion of destruction; brenna at ösku, at köldum kolum, to burn to ashes, to be quite destroyed, Fms. i. 105, Edda 3, Sturl. ii. 51: with the notion of transformation or transfiguration, in such phrases as, verða at e-u, göra e-t at e-u, to turn it into:
    α. by a spell; verða at ormi, to become a snake, Fms. xi. 158; at flugdrekum, Gullþ. 7; urðu þau bönd at járni, Edda 40.
    β. by a natural process it can often be translated by an acc. or by as; göra e-n at urðarmanni, to make him an outlaw, Eg. 728; græða e-n at orkumlamanni, to heal him so as to maim him for life, of bad treatment by a leech, Eb. 244: in the law terms, sár görist at ben, a wound turning into a ben, proving to be mortal, Grág., Nj.; verða at ljúgvætti, to prove to be a false evidence, Grág. i. 44; verða at sætt, to turn into reconciliation, Fms. i. 13; göra e-t at reiði málum, to take offence at, Fs. 20; at nýjum tíðindum, to tell as news, Nj. 14; verða fátt at orðum, to be sparing of words, 18; kveðr (svá) at orði, to speak, utter, 10; verða at þrifnaði, to geton well, Fms. vii. 196: at liði, at skaða, to be a help or hurt to one; at bana, to cause one’s death, Nj. 223, Eg. 21, Grág. ii. 29: at undrum, at hlátri, to become a wonder, a laughing-stock, 623. 35, Eg. 553.
    II. denoting capacity, where it may be translated merely by as or for; gefa at Jólagjöf, to give for a Christmas-box, Eg. 516; at gjöf, for a present; at erfð, at láni, launum, as an inheritance, a loan; at kaupum ok sökum, for buying and selling, Ísl. ii. 223, Grág. i. 423; at solum, ii. 204; at herfangi, as spoil or plunder; at sakbótum, at niðgjöldum, as a compensation, weregeld, i. 339, ii. 171, Hkr. ii. 168; taka at gíslingu, to take as an hostage, Edda 15; eiga e-n at vin, at óvin, to have one as friend or foe, illt er at eiga þræl at eingavin, ‘tis ill to have a thrall for one’s bosom friend (a proverb), Nj. 77; fæða, eiga, at sonum (syni), to beget a son, Edda 8, Bs. i. 60 (but eiga at dóttur cannot be said); hafa möttul at yfirhöfn, Fms. vii. 201; verða nökkut at manni (mönnum), to turn out to be a worthy man; verða ekki at manni, to turn out a worthless person, xi. 79, 268.
    2. in such phrases as, verða at orðum, to come towards, Nj. 26; var þat at erindum, Eg. 148; hafa at veizlum, to draw veizlur ( dues) from, Fms. iv. 275, Eg. 647; gora e-t at álitum, to take it into consideration, Nj. 3.
    III. denoting belonging to, fitting, of parts of the whole or the like; vóru at honum (viz. the sword) hjölt gullbúin, the sword was ornamented with a hilt of gold, Ld. 330; umgörð at ( belonging to) sverði, Fs. 97 (Hs.) in a verse; en ef mór er eigi at landinu, if there be no turf moor belonging to the land, Grág. ii. 338; svá at eigi brotnaði nokkuð at Orminum, so that no harm happened to the ship Worm, Fms. x. 356; hvatki er meiðir at skipinu eðr at reiðinu eðr at viðum, damage done t o …, Grág. ii. 403; lesta ( to injure) hús at lásum, við eðr torfi, 110; ef land hefir batnað at húsum, if the land has been bettered as to its buildings, 210; cp. the phrase, göra at e-u, to repair: hamlaðr at höndum eðr fótum, maimed as to hands or feet, Eg. 14; heill at höndum en hrumr at fótum, sound in band, palsied in foot, Fms. vii. 12; lykill at skrá, a key belonging, fitting, to the latch; hurð at húsi; a key ‘gengr at’ ( fits) skrá; and many other phrases. 2. denoting the part by which a thing is held or to which it belongs, by; fá, taka at…, to grasp by …; þú tókt við sverði hans at hjöltunum, you took it by the bill, Fms. i. 15; draga út björninn at hlustum, to pull out the bear by the ears, Fas. ii. 237; at fótum, by the feet, Fms. viii. 363; mæla ( to measure) at hrygg ok at jaðri, by the edge or middle of the stuff, Grág. i. 498; kasta e-m at höfði, head foremost, Nj. 84; kjósa e-n at fótum, by the feet alone, Edda 46; hefja frændsemi at bræðrum, eða at systkynum, to reckon kinship by the brother’s or the sister’s side, Grág. i. 28; kjósa at afli, at álitum, by strength, sight, Gs. 8, belongs rather to the following.
    IV. in respect of, as regards, in regard to, as to; auðigr at fé, wealthy of goods, Nj. 16, 30, 51; beztir hestar at reið, the best racehorses, 186; spekingr at viti, a man of great intellect, Ld. 124; vænn (fagr) at áliti, fair of face, Nj. 30, Bs. i. 61; kvenna vænst at ásjónu ok vits munum, of surpassing beauty and intellect, Ld. 122; fullkominn at hyggju, 18; um fram aðra menn at vinsældum ok harðfengi, of surpassing popularity and hardihood, Eb. 30.
    2. a law term, of challenging jurors, judges, or the like, on account of, by reason of; ryðja ( to challenge) at mægðum, guðsifjum, frændsemi, hrörum …; at leiðarlengd, on account of distance, Grág. i. 30, 50, Nj. (freq.)
    3. in arithm. denoting proportion; at helmingi, þriðjungi, fjórðungi, tíunda hluta, cp. Lat. ex asse, quadrante, for the half, third… part; máttr skal at magni (a proverb), might and main go together, Hkr. ii. 236; þú munt vera at því mikill fræðimaðr á kvæði, in the same proportion, as great, Fms. vi. 391, iii. 41; at e-s hluta, at… leiti, for one’s part, in turn, as far as one is con cerned, Grág. i. 322, Eg. 309, Fms. iii. 26 (freq.): at öðrum kosti, in the other case, otherwise (freq.) More gener., at öllu, öngu, in all (no) respects; at sumu, einhverju, nokkru, partly; at flestu, mestu, chiefly.
    4. as a paraphrase of a genitive; faðir, móðir at barni (= barns); aðili at sök (= sakar a.); morðingi at barni (= barns), faðerni at barni (barns); illvirki at fé manna (cp. Lat. felo de se), niðrfall at sökum (saka), land gangr at fiskum (fiska), Fms. iv. 274, Grág. i. 277, 416, N. G. L. i. 340, K. Þ. K. 112, Nj. 21.
    5. the phrase ‘at sér,’ of himself or in himself, either ellipt. or by adding the participle görr, and with the adverbs vel, ilia, or the like; denoting breeding, bearing, endowments, character …; væn kona, kurteis ok vel at sér, an accomplished, well-bred, gifted lady, Nj. I; vitr maðr ok vel at sér, a wise man and thoroughly good in feeling and bearing, 5; þú ert maðr vaskr ok vel at þér, 49; gerr at sér, accomplished, 51; bezt at sér görr, the finest, best bred man, 39, Ld. 124; en þó er hann svá vel at sér, so generous, Nj. 77; þeir höfðingjar er svá vóru vel at sér, so noble-minded, 198, Fms. i. 160: the phrase ‘at sér’ is now only used of knowledge, thus maðr vel að sér means clever, a man of great knowledge; illa að sér, a blockhead.
    6. denoting relations to colour, size, value, age, and the like; hvitr, svartr, grár, rauðr … at lit, white, swarthy, gray, red … of colour, Bjarn. 55, 28, Ísl. ii. 213, etc.; mikill, lítill, at stærð, vexti, tall, small of size, etc.; ungr, gamall, barn, at aldri, young, old, a child of age; tvítugr, þrítugr … at aldri, twenty, thirty … years of age (freq.): of animals; kyr at fyrsta, öðrum … kálfi, a cow having calved once, twice…, Jb. 346: value, amount, currency of money, kaupa e-t at mörk, at a mark, N. G. L. 1. 352; ok er eyririnn at mörk, amounts to a mark, of the value of money, Grág. i. 392; verðr þá at hálfri murk vaðmála eyrir, amounts to a half a mark, 500.
    β. metaph. of value, connected with verbs denoting to esteem, hold; meta, hafa, halda at miklu, litlu, vettugi, engu, or the like, to hold in high or low esteem, to care or not to care for (freq.): geta e-s at góðu, illu, öngu, to mention one favourably, unfavourably, indifferently … (freq.), prop. in connection with. In many cases it may be translated by in; ekki er mark at draumum, there is no meaning in dreams, no heed is to be paid to dreams, Sturl. ii. 217; bragð er at þá barnið finnr, it goes too far, when even a child takes offence (a proverb): hvat er at því, what does it mean? Nj. 11; hvert þat skip er vöxtr er at, any ship of mark, i. e. however small, Fms. xi. 20.
    V. denoting the source of a thing:
    1. source of infor mation, to learn, perceive, get information from; Ari nam ok marga fræði at Þuríði, learnt as her pupil, at her hands, as St. Paul at the feet of Gamaliel, (just as the Scotch say to speer or ask at a person); Ari nam at Þorgeiri afraðskoll, Hkr. (pref.); nema kunnáttu at e-m, used of a pupil, Fms. i. 8; nema fræði at e-m, xi. 396.
    2. of receiving, acquiring, buying, from; þiggja e-t at e-m, to receive a thing at his hands, Nj. 51; líf, to be pardoned, Fms. x. 173; kaupa land at e-m, to buy it from, Landn. 72, Íb. II, (now af is more freq. in this sense); geta e-t at e-m, to obtain, procure at one’s hands, impetrare; þeirra manna er þeir megu þat geta at, who are willing to do that, Grág. i. I; heimta e-t at e-m (now af), to call in, demand (a debt, money), 279; fala e-t at e-m (now af), to chaffer for or cheapen anything, Nj. 73; sækja e-t at e-m, to ask, seek for; sækja heilræði ok traust at e-m, 98; leiga e-t at e-m (now af), to borrow, Grág. ii. 334; eiga e-t (fé, skuld) at e-m, to be owed money by any one, i. 399: metaph. to deserve of one, Nj. 113; eiga mikit at e-m, to have much to do with, 138; hafa veg, virðing, styrk, at, to derive honour, power from, Fms. vi. 71, Eg. 44, Bárð. 174; gagn, to be of use, Ld. 216; mein, tálma, mischief, disadvantage, 158, 216, cp. Eg. 546; ótta, awe, Nj. 68.
    VI. denoting conformity, according to, Lat. secundum, ex, after; at fornum sið, Fms. i. 112; at sögn Ara prests, as Ari relates, on his authority, 55; at ráði allra vitrustu manna, at the advice of, Ísl. ii. 259, Ld. 62; at lögum, at landslögum, by the law of the land, Grág., Nj.; at líkindum, in all likelihood, Ld. 272; at sköpum, in due course (poet.); at hinum sama hætti, in the very same manner, Grág. i. 90; at vánum, as was to be expected, Nj. 255; at leyfi e-s, by one’s leave, Eg. 35; úlofi, Grág. ii. 215; at ósk, vilja e-s, as one likes…; at mun, id. (poet.); at sólu, happily (following the course of the sun), Bs. i. 70, 137; at því sem …, as to infer from …, Nj. 124: ‘fara, láta, ganga at’ denotes to yield, agree to, to comply with, give in, Ld. 168, Eg. 18, Fms. x. 368.
    VII. in phrases nearly or quite adverbial; gróa, vera græddr, at heilu, to be quite healed, Bárð. 167, Eb. 148; bíta at snöggu, to bite it bare, Fms. xi. 6; at þurru, till it becomes dry, Eb. 276; at endilöngu, all along, Fas. ii; vinnast at litlu, to avail little, 655 x. 14; at fullu, fully, Nj. 257, Hkr. i. 171; at vísu, of a surety, surely, Ld. 40; at frjálsu, freely, 308; at líku, at sömu, equally, all the same, Hom. 80, Nj. 267; at röngu, wrongly, 686 B. 2; at hófi, temperately, Lex. Poët.; at mun, at ráði, at marki, to a great extent; at hringum, utterly, all round, (rare), Fms. x. 389; at einu, yet, Orkn. 358; svá at einu, því at einu, allt at einu, yet, however, nevertheless.
    VIII. connected with comparatives of adverbs and adjectives, and strengthening the sense, as in Engl. ‘the,’ so much the more, all the more; ‘at’ heldr tveimr, at ek munda gjarna veita yðr öllum, where it may be translated by so much the more to two, as I would willingly grant it to all of you; hon grét at meir, she grat (wept) the more, Eg. 483; þykir oss at líkara, all the more likely, Fms. viii. 6; þess at harðari, all the harder, Sturl. iii. 202 C; svá at hinn sé bana at nær, Grág. ii. 117; at auðnara, at hólpnara, the more happy, Al. 19, Grett. 116 B; þess at meiri, Fms. v. 64; auvirðismaðr at meiri, Sturl. ii. 139; maðr at vaskari, id.; at feigri, any the more fey, Km. 22; maðr at verri, all the worse, Nj. 168; ok er ‘at’ firr…, at ek vil miklu heldr, cp. Lat. tantum abest… ut, Eg. 60.
    β. following after a negation; eigi at síðr, no less, Nj. 160, Ld. 146; eigi… at meiri maðr, any better, Eg. 425, 489; erat héra at borgnara, any the better off for that, Fms. vii. 116; eigi at minni, no less for that, Edda (pref.) 146; eigi at minna, Ld. 216, Fms. ix. 50; ekki at verri drengr, not a bit worse for that, Ld. 42; er mér ekki son minn at bættari, þótt…, 216; at eigi vissi at nær, any more, Fas. iii. 74.
    IX. following many words:
    1. verbs, esp. those denoting, a. to ask, enquire, attend, seek, e. g. spyrja at, to speer (ask) for; leita at, to seek for; gæta, geyma at, to pay attention to; huga, hyggja at; hence atspurn, to enquire, aðgæzla, athugi, attention, etc.
    β. verbs denoting laughter, play, joy, game, cp. the Engl. to play at …, to laugh at …; hlæja, brosa at e-u, to laugh, smile at it; leika (sér) at e-u, to play at; þykja gaman at, to enjoy; hæða, göra gys at …, to make sport at …
    γ. verbs denoting assistance, help; standa, veita, vinna, hjálpa at; hence atstoð, atvinna, atverk:—mode, proceeding; fara at, to proceed, hence atför and atferli:—compliance; láta, fara at e-u, v. above:— fault; e-t er at e-u, there is some fault in it, Fms. x. 418; skorta at e-u, to fall short of, xi. 98:—care, attendance; hjúkra at, hlýja at, v. these words:—gathering, collecting; draga, reiða, flytja, fá at, congerere:—engagement, arrival, etc.; sækja at, to attack; ganga at, vera at, to be about; koma at, ellipt. to arrive: göra at, to repair: lesta at, to impair (v. above); finna at, to criticise (mod.); telja at, id.: bera at, to happen; kveða at e-m, to address one, 625. 15, (kveða at (ellipt.) now means to pronounce, and of a child to utter (read) whole syllables); falla at, of the flood-tide (ellipt.): metaph. of pains or straits surrounding one; þreyngja, herða at, to press hard: of frost and cold, with regard to the seasons; frjósa at, kólna at, to get really cold (SI. 44), as it were from the cold stiffening all things: also of the seasons themselves; hausta, vetra að, when the season really sets in; esp. the cold seasons, ‘sumra at’ cannot be used, yet we may say ‘vára að’ when the spring sets in, and the air gets mild.
    δ. in numberless other cases which may partly be seen below.
    2. connected ellipt. with adverbs denoting motion from a place; norðan, austan, sunnan, vestan at, those from the north, east…; utan at, innan at, from the outside or inside.
    3. with adjectives (but rarely), e. g. kærr, elskr, virkr (affectionate), vandr (zealous), at e-m; v. these words.
    WITH ACC.
    TEMP.: Lat. post, after, upon, esp. freq. in poetry, but rare in prose writers, who use eptir; nema reisi niðr at nið (= maðr eptir mann), in succession, of erecting a monument, Hm. 71; in prose, at þat. posthac, deinde, Fms. x. 323, cp. Rm., where it occurs several times, 2, 6, 9, 14, 18, 24, 28, 30, 35; sonr á at taka arf at föður sinn, has to take the inheritance after his father, Grág. i. 170 new Ed.; eiga féránsdóm at e-n, Grág. i. 89; at Gamla fallinn, after the death of G., Fms. x. 382; in Edda (Gl.) 113 ought to be restored, grét ok at Oð, gulli Freyja, she grat (wept) tears of gold for her lost husband Od. It is doubtful if it is ever used in a purely loc. sense; at land, Grág. (Sb.)ii. 211, is probably corrupt; at hönd = á hönd, Grág. (Sb.) i. 135; at mót = at móti, v. this word.
    ☞ In compounds (v. below) at- or að- answers in turn to Lat. ad- or in- or con-; atdráttr e. g. denotes collecting; atkoma is adventus: it may also answer to Lat. ob-, in atburðr = accidence, but might also be compared with Lat. occurrere.
    2.
    and að, the mark of the infinitive [cp. Goth. du; A. S. and Engl. to; Germ. zu]. Except in the case of a few verbs ‘at’ is always placed immediately before the infinitive, so as to be almost an inseparable part of the verb.
    I. it is used either,
    1. as, a simple mark of the infinitive, only denoting an action and independent of the subject, e. g. at ganga, at hlaupa, at vita, to go, to run, to know; or,
    2. in an objective sense when following such verbs as bjóða segja…, to invite, command …; hann bauð þeim at ganga, at sitja, be bade, ordered them to go, sit, or the like; or as gefa and fá; gefa e-m at drekka, at eta, to give one to drink or to eat, etc. etc.
    β. with the additional notion of intention, esp. when following verba cogitandi; hann ætlaði, hafði í hyggju at fara, he had it in his mind to go (where ‘to go’ is the real object to ætlaði and hafði í hyggju).
    3. answering to the Gr. ινα, denoting intention, design, in order to; hann gékk í borg at kaupa silfr, in order to buy, Nj. 280; hann sendi riddara sína með þeim at varðveita þær, 623. 45: in order to make the phrase more plain, ‘svá’ and ‘til’ are frequently added, esp. in mod. writers, ‘svá at’ and contr. ‘svát’ (the last however is rare), ‘til at’ and ‘til þess at,’ etc.
    II. in the earlier times the infin., as in Greek and Lat., had no such mark; and some verbs remain that cannot be followed by ‘at;’ these verbs are almost the same in Icel. as in Engl.:
    α. the auxiliary verbs vil, mun ( μέλλω), skal; as in Engl. to is never used after the auxiliaries shall, will, must; ek vil ganga, I will go; ek mun fara, (as in North. E.) I mun go; ek skal göra þat, I shall do that, etc.
    β. the verbs kunna, mega, as in Engl. I can or may do, I dare say; svá hygginn at hann kunni fyrir sökum ráða, Grág. ii. 75; í öllu er prýða má góðan höfðingja, Nj. 90; vera má, it may be; vera kann þat, id.: kunnu, however, takes ‘at’ whenever it means to know, and esp. in common language in phrases such as, það kann að vera, but vera kann þat, v. above.
    γ. lata, biðja, as in Engl. to let, to bid; hann lét (bað) þá fara, he let (bade) them go.
    δ. þykkja, þykjast, to seem; hann þykir vera, he is thought to be: reflex., hann þykist vera, sibi videtur: impers., mér þykir vera, mibi videtur, in all cases without ‘at.’ So also freq. the verbs hugsa, hyggja, ætla, halda, to think, when denoting merely the act of thinking; but if there be any notion of intention or purpose, they assume the ‘at;’ thus hann ætlaði, hugði, þá vera góða menn, he thought them to be, acc. c. inf.; but ætlaði at fara, meant to go, etc.
    ε. the verbs denoting to see, bear; sjá, líta, horfa á … ( videre); heyra, audire, as in Engl. I saw them come, I heard him tell, ek sá þá koma, ek heyrði hann tala.
    ζ. sometimes after the verbs eiga and ganga; hann gékk steikja, be went to roast, Vkv. 9; eiga, esp. when a mere periphrasis instead of skal, móður sína á maðr fyrst fram færa (better at færa), Grág. i. 232; á þann kvið einskis meta, 59; but at meta, id. l. 24; ráða, nema, göra …, freq. in poetry, when they are used as simple auxiliary verbs, e. g. nam hann sér Högna hvetja at rúnum, Skv. 3. 43.
    η. hljóta and verða, when used in the sense of must (as in Engl. he must go), and when placed after the infin.of another verb; hér muntu vera hljóta, Nj. 129; but hljóta at vera: fara hlýtr þú, Fms. 1. 159; but þú hlýtr at fara: verða vita, ii. 146; but verða at vita: hann man verða sækja, þó verðr (= skal) maðr eptir mann lifa, Fms. viii. 19, Fas. ii. 552, are exceptional cases.
    θ. in poetry, verbs with the verbal neg. suffix ‘-at,’ freq. for the case of euphony, take no mark of the infinitive, where it would be indispensable with the simple verb, vide Lex. Poët. Exceptional cases; hvárt sem hann vill ‘at’ verja þá sök, eða, whatever he chooses, either, Grág. i. 64; fyrr viljum vér enga kórónu at bera, en nokkut ófrelsi á oss at taka, we would rather bear no crown than …, Fms. x. 12; the context is peculiar, and the ‘at’ purposely added. It may be left out ellipt.; e. g. þá er guð gefr oss finnast (= at finnast), Dipl. ii. 14; gef honum drekka (= at drekka), Pr. 470; but mostly in unclassical writers, in deeds, or the like, written nastily and in an abrupt style.
    3.
    and að, conj. [Goth. þatei = οτι; A. S. þät; Engl. that; Germ, dass; the Ormul. and Scot. at, see the quotations sub voce in Jamieson; in all South-Teutonic idioms with an initial dental: the Scandinavian idioms form an exception, having all dropped this consonant; Swed. åt, Dan. at]. In Icel. the Bible translation (of the 16th century) was chiefly based upon that of Luther; the hymns and the great bulk of theol. translations of that time were also derived from Germany; therefore the germanised form það frequently appears in the Bible, and was often employed by theol. authors in sermons since the time of the Reformation. Jón Vidalin, the greatest modern Icel. preacher, who died in 1720, in spite of his thoroughly classical style, abounds in the use of this form; but it never took root in the language, and has never passed into the spoken dialect. After a relative or demonstr. pronoun, it freq. in mod. writers assumes the form eð, hver eð, hverir eð, hvað eð, þar eð. Before the prep. þú (tu), þ changes into t, and is spelt in a single word attú, which is freq. in some MS.;—now, however, pronounced aððú, aððeir, aððið …, = að þú…, with the soft Engl. th sound. It gener. answers to Lat. ut, or to the relat. pron. qui.
    I. that, relative to svá, to denote proportion, degree, so…, that, Lat. tam, tantus, tot…, ut; svá mikill lagamaðr, at…, so great a lawyer, that…, Nj. 1; hárið svá mikit, at þat…, 2; svá kom um síðir því máli, at Sigvaldi, it came so far, that…, Fms. xi. 95, Edda 33. Rarely and unclass., ellipt. without svá; Bæringr var til seinn eptir honum, at hann … (= svá at), Bær. 15; hlífði honum, at hann sakaði ekki, Fas. iii. 441.
    II. it is used,
    1. with indic, in a narrative sense, answering partly to Gr. οτι, Lat. quod, ut, in such phrases as, it came to pass, happened that …; þat var einhverju sinni, at Höskuldr hafði vinaboð, Nj. 2; þat var á palmdrottinsdag, at Ólafr konungr gékk út um stræti, Fms. ii. 244.
    2. with subj. answering to Lat. acc. with infin., to mark the relation of an object to the chief verb, e. g. vilda ek at þú réðist, I wished that you would, Nj. 57.
    β. or in an oblique sentence, answering to ita ut…; ef svá kann verða at þeir láti…, if it may be so that they might…, Fms. xi. 94.
    γ. with a subj. denoting design, answering to ϊνα or Lat. ut with subj., in order that; at öll veraldar bygðin viti, ut sciat totus orbis, Stj.; þeir skáru fyrir þá melinn, at þeir dæi eigi af sulti, ut ne fame perirent, Nj. 265; fyrsti hlutr bókarinnar er Kristindómsbálkr, at menn skili, in order that men may understand, Gþl. p. viii.
    III. used in connection with conjunctions,
    1. esp. þó, því, svá; þó at freq. contr. þótt; svát is rare and obsolete.
    α. þóat, þótt (North. E. ‘thof’), followed by a subjunctive, though, although, Lat. etsi, quamquam (very freq.); þóat nokkurum mönnum sýnist þetta með freku sett… þá viljum vér, Fms. vi. 21: phrases as, gef þú mér þó at úverðugri, etsi indignae (dat.), Stj. MS. col. 315, are unclass., and influenced by the Latin: sometimes ellipt. without ‘þó,’ eigi mundi hón þá meir hvata göngu sinni, at (= þóat) hon hraeddist bana sinn, Edda 7, Nj. 64: ‘þó’ and ‘at’ separated, svarar hann þó rétt, at hann svari svá, Grág. i. 23; þó er rétt at nýta, at hann sé fyrr skorinn, answering to Engl. yet—though, Lat. attamen —etsi, K. Þ. K.
    β. því at, because, Lat. nam, quia, with indic.; því at allir vóru gerfiligir synir hans, Ld. 68; því at af íþróttum verðr maðr fróðr, Sks. 16: separated, því þegi ek, at ek undrumst, Fms. iii. 201; því er þessa getið, at þat þótti, it i s mentioned because …, Ld. 68.
    γ. svá at, so that, Lat. ut, ita ut; grátrinn kom upp, svá at eingi mátti öðrum segja, Edda 37: separated, so … that, svá úsvúst at …, so bad weather, that, Bs. i. 339, etc.
    2. it is freq. used superfluously, esp. after relatives; hver at = hverr, quis; því at = því, igitur; hverr at þekkr ok þægiligr mun verða, Fms. v. 159; hvern stvrk at hann mundi fá, 44; ek undrumst hvé mikil ógnarraust at liggr í þér, iii. 201; því at ek mátti eigi þar vera elligar, því at þar var kristni vel haldin, Fas. i. 340.
    IV. as a relat. conj.:
    1. temp, when, Lat. quum; jafnan er ( est) mér þá verra er ( quum) ek fer á braut þaðan, en þá at ( quum) ek kem, Grett. 150 A; þar til at vér vitum, till we know, Fms. v. 52; þá at ek lýsta (= þá er), when, Nj. 233.
    2. since, because; ek færi yðr (hann), at þér eruð í einum hrepp allir, because of your being all of the same Rape, Grág. i. 260; eigi er kynlegt at ( though) Skarphéðinn sé hraustr, at þat er mælt at…, because (since) it is a saying that…, Nj. 64.
    V. in mod. writers it is also freq. superfluously joined to the conjunctions, ef að = ef, si, (Lv. 45 is from a paper MS.), meðan að = meðan, dum; nema að, nisi; fyrst að = fyrst, quoniam; eptir að, síðan að, postquam; hvárt að = hvárt, Lat. an. In the law we find passages such as, þá er um er dæmt eina sök, at þá eigu þeir aptr at ganga í dóminn, Grág. i. 79; ef þing ber á hina helgu viku, at þat á eigi fyrir þeim málum at standa, 106; þat er ok, at þeir skulu reifa mál manna, 64; at þeir skulu með váttorð þá sök sækja, 65: in all these cases ‘at’ is either superfluous or, which is more likely, of an ellipt. nature, ‘the law decrees’ or ‘it is decreed’ being understood. The passages Sks. 551, 552, 568, 718 B, at lokit (= at ek hefi lokit), at hugleitt (= at ek hefi h.), at sent (= at ek hefi sent) are quite exceptional.
    4.
    and að, an indecl. relat. pronoun [Ulf. þatei = ος, ος αν, οστις, οσπερ, οιος, etc.; Engl. that, Ormul. at], with the initial letter dropped, as in the conj. at, (cp. also the Old Engl. at, which is both a conj. and a pronoun, e. g. Barbour vi. 24 in Jamieson: ‘I drede that his gret wassalage, | And his travail may bring till end, | That at men quhilc full litil wend.’ | ‘His mestyr speryt quhat tithings a t he saw.’—Wyntoun v. 3. 89.) In Icel. ‘er’ (the relat. pronoun) and ‘at’ are used indifferently, so that where one MS. reads ‘er,’ another reads ‘at,’ and vice versâ; this may easily be seen by looking at the MSS.; yet as a rule ‘er’ is much more freq. used. In mod. writers ‘at’ is freq. turned into ‘eð,’ esp. as a superfluous particle after the relative pron. hverr (hver eð, hvað eð, hverir eð, etc.), or the demonstr. sá (sá eð, þeir eð, hinir eð, etc.):—who, which, that, enn bezta grip at ( which) hafði til Íslands komið, Ld. 202; en engi mun sá at ( cui) minnisamara mun vera, 242; sem blótnaut at ( quae) stærst verða, Fms. iii. 214; þau tiðendi, at mér þætti verri, Nj. 64, etc. etc.
    5.
    n. collision (poët.); odda at, crossing of spears, crash of spears, Höfuðl. 8.
    β. a fight or bait of wild animals, esp. of horses, v. hesta-at and etja.
    6.
    the negative verbal suffix, v. -a.

    Íslensk-ensk orðabók > AT

  • 32 שן

    שֵׁן, שִׁנָּא, שִׁי׳ch. sam( שֵׁן c. (b. h.; שָׁנַן) libbun shinnayim). Targ. O. Deut. 32:24. Targ. Ex. 21:24. Targ. 1 Kings 10:22 (v. פִּילָא I). Ib. 18. Targ. 1 Sam. 14:4; a. fr.Y.Kil.IX, 32b bot.; האי שִׁינָּךְוכ׳ how is that tooth of thine?; Y.Keth.XII, 35a bot.; Gen. R. s. 33. Ib. יהב ידיה על שִׁינֵּיהוכ׳ he put his hand on his (Rabbis) tooth, and it was cured.Gitt.68b ומנה להו אש׳ דטוראוכ׳ he puts it (the Shamir) on the peak of a mountain, and the mountain bursts. Snh.96b תא אש׳ דטורא (Rashi דטורי) come (to Jerusalem) even if it be necessary to march over the cliffs of mountains (differ. in Rashi); Yalk. Is. 287; a. fr.ש׳ דדור, שן דור pr. n. pl. the Cliff of Dor (v. Hildesh. Beitr. pp. 4; 10). Y.Shebi.VI, 36c (not דרוד); Tosef. ib. IV, 11 שורא דרור (corr. acc.); Sifré Deut. 51 (read:) מדבר שר שן דור; Yalk. ib. 874 (corr. acc.).Pl. שִׁנִּין, שִׁנַּיָּא, שִׁנֵּי, שִׁי׳. Targ. Am. 4:6 (not שְׁנִין). Targ. Prov. 10:26.Targ. Jer. 49:16. Targ. Y. Gen. 49:21 (not שֵׁינֵי); a. fr.Y.Kil.IX, 32b תלת … חשש (ב)שִׁינּוֹי suffered from tooth-ache for thirteen years. Ib. חד שִׁינַּייוכ׳ one of my teeth annoys me; (Y. Keth. l. c. חד שינא).Sabb.82a, v. כַּרְכְּשָׁא; a. fr.

    Jewish literature > שן

  • 33 שנא

    שֵׁן, שִׁנָּא, שִׁי׳ch. sam( שֵׁן c. (b. h.; שָׁנַן) libbun shinnayim). Targ. O. Deut. 32:24. Targ. Ex. 21:24. Targ. 1 Kings 10:22 (v. פִּילָא I). Ib. 18. Targ. 1 Sam. 14:4; a. fr.Y.Kil.IX, 32b bot.; האי שִׁינָּךְוכ׳ how is that tooth of thine?; Y.Keth.XII, 35a bot.; Gen. R. s. 33. Ib. יהב ידיה על שִׁינֵּיהוכ׳ he put his hand on his (Rabbis) tooth, and it was cured.Gitt.68b ומנה להו אש׳ דטוראוכ׳ he puts it (the Shamir) on the peak of a mountain, and the mountain bursts. Snh.96b תא אש׳ דטורא (Rashi דטורי) come (to Jerusalem) even if it be necessary to march over the cliffs of mountains (differ. in Rashi); Yalk. Is. 287; a. fr.ש׳ דדור, שן דור pr. n. pl. the Cliff of Dor (v. Hildesh. Beitr. pp. 4; 10). Y.Shebi.VI, 36c (not דרוד); Tosef. ib. IV, 11 שורא דרור (corr. acc.); Sifré Deut. 51 (read:) מדבר שר שן דור; Yalk. ib. 874 (corr. acc.).Pl. שִׁנִּין, שִׁנַּיָּא, שִׁנֵּי, שִׁי׳. Targ. Am. 4:6 (not שְׁנִין). Targ. Prov. 10:26.Targ. Jer. 49:16. Targ. Y. Gen. 49:21 (not שֵׁינֵי); a. fr.Y.Kil.IX, 32b תלת … חשש (ב)שִׁינּוֹי suffered from tooth-ache for thirteen years. Ib. חד שִׁינַּייוכ׳ one of my teeth annoys me; (Y. Keth. l. c. חד שינא).Sabb.82a, v. כַּרְכְּשָׁא; a. fr.

    Jewish literature > שנא

  • 34 שֵׁן

    שֵׁן, שִׁנָּא, שִׁי׳ch. sam( שֵׁן c. (b. h.; שָׁנַן) libbun shinnayim). Targ. O. Deut. 32:24. Targ. Ex. 21:24. Targ. 1 Kings 10:22 (v. פִּילָא I). Ib. 18. Targ. 1 Sam. 14:4; a. fr.Y.Kil.IX, 32b bot.; האי שִׁינָּךְוכ׳ how is that tooth of thine?; Y.Keth.XII, 35a bot.; Gen. R. s. 33. Ib. יהב ידיה על שִׁינֵּיהוכ׳ he put his hand on his (Rabbis) tooth, and it was cured.Gitt.68b ומנה להו אש׳ דטוראוכ׳ he puts it (the Shamir) on the peak of a mountain, and the mountain bursts. Snh.96b תא אש׳ דטורא (Rashi דטורי) come (to Jerusalem) even if it be necessary to march over the cliffs of mountains (differ. in Rashi); Yalk. Is. 287; a. fr.ש׳ דדור, שן דור pr. n. pl. the Cliff of Dor (v. Hildesh. Beitr. pp. 4; 10). Y.Shebi.VI, 36c (not דרוד); Tosef. ib. IV, 11 שורא דרור (corr. acc.); Sifré Deut. 51 (read:) מדבר שר שן דור; Yalk. ib. 874 (corr. acc.).Pl. שִׁנִּין, שִׁנַּיָּא, שִׁנֵּי, שִׁי׳. Targ. Am. 4:6 (not שְׁנִין). Targ. Prov. 10:26.Targ. Jer. 49:16. Targ. Y. Gen. 49:21 (not שֵׁינֵי); a. fr.Y.Kil.IX, 32b תלת … חשש (ב)שִׁינּוֹי suffered from tooth-ache for thirteen years. Ib. חד שִׁינַּייוכ׳ one of my teeth annoys me; (Y. Keth. l. c. חד שינא).Sabb.82a, v. כַּרְכְּשָׁא; a. fr.

    Jewish literature > שֵׁן

  • 35 שִׁנָּא

    שֵׁן, שִׁנָּא, שִׁי׳ch. sam( שֵׁן c. (b. h.; שָׁנַן) libbun shinnayim). Targ. O. Deut. 32:24. Targ. Ex. 21:24. Targ. 1 Kings 10:22 (v. פִּילָא I). Ib. 18. Targ. 1 Sam. 14:4; a. fr.Y.Kil.IX, 32b bot.; האי שִׁינָּךְוכ׳ how is that tooth of thine?; Y.Keth.XII, 35a bot.; Gen. R. s. 33. Ib. יהב ידיה על שִׁינֵּיהוכ׳ he put his hand on his (Rabbis) tooth, and it was cured.Gitt.68b ומנה להו אש׳ דטוראוכ׳ he puts it (the Shamir) on the peak of a mountain, and the mountain bursts. Snh.96b תא אש׳ דטורא (Rashi דטורי) come (to Jerusalem) even if it be necessary to march over the cliffs of mountains (differ. in Rashi); Yalk. Is. 287; a. fr.ש׳ דדור, שן דור pr. n. pl. the Cliff of Dor (v. Hildesh. Beitr. pp. 4; 10). Y.Shebi.VI, 36c (not דרוד); Tosef. ib. IV, 11 שורא דרור (corr. acc.); Sifré Deut. 51 (read:) מדבר שר שן דור; Yalk. ib. 874 (corr. acc.).Pl. שִׁנִּין, שִׁנַּיָּא, שִׁנֵּי, שִׁי׳. Targ. Am. 4:6 (not שְׁנִין). Targ. Prov. 10:26.Targ. Jer. 49:16. Targ. Y. Gen. 49:21 (not שֵׁינֵי); a. fr.Y.Kil.IX, 32b תלת … חשש (ב)שִׁינּוֹי suffered from tooth-ache for thirteen years. Ib. חד שִׁינַּייוכ׳ one of my teeth annoys me; (Y. Keth. l. c. חד שינא).Sabb.82a, v. כַּרְכְּשָׁא; a. fr.

    Jewish literature > שִׁנָּא

  • 36 שִׁי׳

    שֵׁן, שִׁנָּא, שִׁי׳ch. sam( שֵׁן c. (b. h.; שָׁנַן) libbun shinnayim). Targ. O. Deut. 32:24. Targ. Ex. 21:24. Targ. 1 Kings 10:22 (v. פִּילָא I). Ib. 18. Targ. 1 Sam. 14:4; a. fr.Y.Kil.IX, 32b bot.; האי שִׁינָּךְוכ׳ how is that tooth of thine?; Y.Keth.XII, 35a bot.; Gen. R. s. 33. Ib. יהב ידיה על שִׁינֵּיהוכ׳ he put his hand on his (Rabbis) tooth, and it was cured.Gitt.68b ומנה להו אש׳ דטוראוכ׳ he puts it (the Shamir) on the peak of a mountain, and the mountain bursts. Snh.96b תא אש׳ דטורא (Rashi דטורי) come (to Jerusalem) even if it be necessary to march over the cliffs of mountains (differ. in Rashi); Yalk. Is. 287; a. fr.ש׳ דדור, שן דור pr. n. pl. the Cliff of Dor (v. Hildesh. Beitr. pp. 4; 10). Y.Shebi.VI, 36c (not דרוד); Tosef. ib. IV, 11 שורא דרור (corr. acc.); Sifré Deut. 51 (read:) מדבר שר שן דור; Yalk. ib. 874 (corr. acc.).Pl. שִׁנִּין, שִׁנַּיָּא, שִׁנֵּי, שִׁי׳. Targ. Am. 4:6 (not שְׁנִין). Targ. Prov. 10:26.Targ. Jer. 49:16. Targ. Y. Gen. 49:21 (not שֵׁינֵי); a. fr.Y.Kil.IX, 32b תלת … חשש (ב)שִׁינּוֹי suffered from tooth-ache for thirteen years. Ib. חד שִׁינַּייוכ׳ one of my teeth annoys me; (Y. Keth. l. c. חד שינא).Sabb.82a, v. כַּרְכְּשָׁא; a. fr.

    Jewish literature > שִׁי׳

  • 37 head

    hed
    1. noun
    1) (the top part of the human body, containing the eyes, mouth, brain etc; the same part of an animal's body: The stone hit him on the head; He scratched his head in amazement.) cabeza
    2) (a person's mind: An idea came into my head last night.) cabeza, mente
    3) (the height or length of a head: The horse won by a head.) cabeza
    4) (the chief or most important person (of an organization, country etc): Kings and presidents are heads of state; (also adjective) a head waiter; the head office.) cabeza, jefe
    5) (anything that is like a head in shape or position: the head of a pin; The boy knocked the heads off the flowers.) cabeza
    6) (the place where a river, lake etc begins: the head of the Nile.) fuente, nacimiento
    7) (the top, or the top part, of anything: Write your address at the head of the paper; the head of the table.) cabecera, principio
    8) (the front part: He walked at the head of the procession.) a la cabeza de, al frente de
    9) (a particular ability or tolerance: He has no head for heights; She has a good head for figures.) madera; cabeza
    10) (a headmaster or headmistress: You'd better ask the Head.) director; directora
    11) ((for) one person: This dinner costs $10 a head.) por cabeza
    12) (a headland: Beachy Head.) cabo, punta
    13) (the foam on the top of a glass of beer etc.) espuma

    2. verb
    1) (to go at the front of or at the top of (something): The procession was headed by the band; Whose name headed the list?) encabezar
    2) (to be in charge of; to be the leader of: He heads a team of scientists investigating cancer.) encabezar, estar al frente de, dirigir
    3) ((often with for) to (cause to) move in a certain direction: The explorers headed south; The boys headed for home; You're heading for disaster!) dirigirse a, encaminarse hacia, ir rumbo a
    4) (to put or write something at the beginning of: His report was headed `Ways of Preventing Industrial Accidents'.) titular
    5) ((in football) to hit the ball with the head: He headed the ball into the goal.) cabecear, rematar con la cabeza
    •
    - - headed
    - header
    - heading
    - heads
    - headache
    - headband
    - head-dress
    - headfirst
    - headgear
    - headlamp
    - headland
    - headlight
    - headline
    - headlines
    - headlong
    - head louse
    - headmaster
    - head-on
    - headphones
    - headquarters
    - headrest
    - headscarf
    - headsquare
    - headstone
    - headstrong
    - headwind
    - above someone's head
    - go to someone's head
    - head off
    - head over heels
    - heads or tails?
    - keep one's head
    - lose one's head
    - make head or tail of
    - make headway
    - off one's head
    head1 n
    1. cabeza
    mind your head! ¡cuidado con la cabeza!
    2. cabecera
    3. jefe / director
    head2 vb
    1. encabezar / ir a la cabeza
    2. cabecear / dar de cabeza
    to head for... dirigirse a... / ir camino de...
    I'm heading for home me dirijo a casa / voy camino de casa
    tr[hed]
    1 (gen) cabeza; (mind) mente nombre femenino
    2 (on tape recorder, video) cabezal nombre masculino
    3 (of bed, table) cabecera
    4 (of page) principio
    5 (on beer) espuma
    6 (cape) cabo, punta
    7 (of school, company) director,-ra
    ■ four hundred head of cattle cuatrocientas reses, cuatrocientas cabezas de ganado
    9 (coin) cara
    10 (of cabbage, lettuce) cogollo; (of cauliflower) pella
    1 principal, jefe
    1 (company, list etc) encabezar
    2 (ball) rematar de cabeza, dar un cabezazo a, cabecear
    \
    SMALLIDIOMATIC EXPRESSION/SMALL
    from head to toe / from head to foot de pies a cabeza
    heads or tails? ¿cara o cruz?
    off the top of one's head sin pensárselo, así de entrada
    on your own head be it! ¡allá te las compongas!
    per head por barba, por cabeza
    ■ it cost us £12 per head nos costó doce libras por barba
    to be head over heels in love with somebody estar locamente enamorado,-a de alguien
    to be off one's head estar chiflado,-a
    to bite somebody's head off familiar echar una bronca a alguien
    to do something standing on one's head hacer algo con los ojos vendados
    to have a good head for figures tener facilidad para los números
    to have a head for heights no padecer vértigo
    to keep one's head above water mantenerse a flote
    to keep one's head mantener la calma
    to laugh one's head off reírse a carcajadas
    two heads are better than one cuatro ojos ven más que dos
    head teacher director,-ra
    head start ventaja
    head office oficina central
    head ['hɛd] vt
    1) lead: encabezar
    2) direct: dirigir
    head vi
    : dirigirse
    head adj
    main: principal
    the head office: la oficina central, la sede
    head n
    1) : cabeza f
    from head to foot: de pies a cabeza
    2) mind: mente f, cabeza f
    3) tip, top: cabeza f (de un clavo, un martillo, etc.), cabecera f (de una mesa o un río), punta f (de una flecha), flor m (de un repollo, etc.), encabezamiento m (de una carta, etc.), espuma f (de cerveza)
    4) director, leader: director m, -tora f; jefe m, -fa f; cabeza f (de una familia)
    5) : cara f (de una moneda)
    heads or tails: cara o cruz
    6) : cabeza f
    500 head of cattle: 500 cabezas de ganado
    $10 a head: $10 por cabeza
    7)
    to come to a head : llegar a un punto crítico
    adj.
    • primero, -a adj.
    • principal adj.
    n.
    • cabecera s.f.
    • cabeza s.f.
    • cabezuela s.f.
    • director s.m.
    • dirigente s.m.
    • encabezamiento s.m.
    • mayor s.m.
    • mollera s.f.
    • principal s.m.
    • testa s.f.
    head (s.o.) off (On the road, etc.)
    expr.
    • atajar v.
    • cortarle el paso expr.
    v.
    • cabecear v.
    • descabezar v.
    • dirigir v.
    • encabezar v.
    • mandar v.
    hed
    I
    1) ( Anat) cabeza f

    to stand on one's head — pararse de cabeza (AmL), hacer* el pino (Esp)

    from head to foot o toe — de pies a cabeza, de arriba (a) abajo

    he's a head taller than his brother — le lleva or le saca la cabeza a su hermano

    head over heels: she tripped and went head over heels down the steps tropezó y cayó rodando escaleras abajo; to be head over heels in love estar* locamente or perdidamente enamorado; heads up! (AmE colloq) ojo! (fam), cuidado!; on your/his (own) head be it la responsabilidad es tuya/suya; to bang one's head against a (brick) wall darse* (con) la cabeza contra la pared; to be able to do something standing on one's head poder* hacer algo con los ojos cerrados; to bite o snap somebody's head off echarle una bronca a alguien (fam); to bury one's head in the sand hacer* como el avestruz; to get one's head down (colloq) ( work hard) ponerse* a trabajar en serio; ( settle for sleep) (BrE) irse* a dormir; to go over somebody's head ( bypassing hierarchy) pasar por encima de alguien; ( exceeding comprehension): his lecture went straight over my head no entendí nada de su conferencia; to go to somebody's head subírsele a la cabeza a alguien; to have a big o swelled o (BrE) swollen head ser* un creído; he's getting a swelled o (BrE) swollen head se le están subiendo los humos a la cabeza; to have one's head in the clouds tener* la cabeza llena de pájaros; to hold one's head up o high o up high ir* con la cabeza bien alta; to keep one's head above water mantenerse* a flote; to keep one's head down ( avoid attention) mantenerse* al margen; ( work hard) no levantar la cabeza; (lit: keep head lowered) no levantar la cabeza; to knock something on the head (colloq) dar* al traste con algo; to laugh one's head off reírse* a mandíbula batiente, desternillarse de (la) risa; to scream/shout one's head off gritar a voz en cuello; to make head or tail o (AmE also) heads or tails of something entender* algo; I can't make head or tail of it para mí esto no tiene ni pies ni cabeza; to rear one's ugly head: racism/fascism reared its ugly head again volvió a aparecer el fantasma del racismo/fascismo; to stand/be head and shoulders above somebody ( be superior) darle* cien vueltas a alguien, estar* muy por encima de alguien; to stand o turn something on its head darle* la vuelta a algo, poner* algo patas arriba (fam), dar* vuelta algo (CS); to turn somebody's head: the sort of good looks that turn heads el tipo de belleza que llama la atención or que hace que la gente se vuelva a mirar; (before n) head injury — lesión f en la cabeza

    2) (mind, brain) cabeza f

    he needs his head examined — está or anda mal de la cabeza

    she has a good head for business/figures — tiene cabeza para los negocios/los números

    use your head! — usa la cabeza!, piensa un poco!

    if we put our heads together, we'll be able to think of something — si lo pensamos juntos, algo se nos ocurrirá

    it never entered my head that... — ni se me pasó por la cabeza or jamás pensé que...

    to get something into somebody's head — meterle* algo en la cabeza a alguien

    to be off one's head — (colloq) estar* chiflado (fam), estar* or andar* mal de la cabeza

    to be out of one's head — (sl) ( on drugs) estar* flipado or volado or (Col) volando or (Méx) hasta atrás (arg); ( drunk) estar* como una cuba (fam)

    to be soft o weak in the head — estar* mal de la cabeza

    to get one's head (a)round something: I can't get my head (a)round this new system no me entra este nuevo sistema; to have one's head screwed on (right o the right way) (colloq) tener* la cabeza bien puesta or sentada; to keep/lose one's head mantener*/perder* la calma; two heads are better than one — cuatro ojos ven más que dos

    3)
    a) ( of celery) cabeza f; (of nail, tack, pin) cabeza f; (of spear, arrow) punta f; ( of hammer) cabeza f, cotillo m; ( of pimple) punta f, cabeza f; ( on beer) espuma f; ( of river) cabecera f
    b) (top end - of bed, table) cabecera f; (- of page, letter) encabezamiento m; (- of procession, line) cabeza f
    4)
    a) ( chief) director, -tora m,f

    head of state/government — jefe, -fa m,f de Estado/de Gobierno

    the head of the household — el/la cabeza de familia; (before n)

    head buyer — jefe, -fa m,f de compras

    head girl/boy — (BrE Educ) alumno elegido para representar al alumnado de un colegio

    head waiter — maître m, capitán m de meseros (Méx)

    b) ( head teacher) (esp BrE) director, -tora m,f (de colegio)
    5)
    a) ( person)

    $15 per head — 15 dólares por cabeza or persona

    b) pl head ( Agr)
    6) ( crisis)

    to come to a head — hacer* crisis, llegar* a un punto crítico

    7)
    a) ( magnetic device) (Audio, Comput) cabeza f, cabezal m
    b) ( of drill) cabezal m
    c) ( cylinder head) culata f
    8) ( Geog) cabo m

    II
    1.
    1)
    a) \<\<march/procession\>\> encabezar*, ir* a la cabeza de; \<\<list\>\> encabezar*
    b) \<\<revolt\>\> acaudillar, ser* el cabecilla de; \<\<team\>\> capitanear; \<\<expedition/department\>\> dirigir*, estar* al frente de
    2) ( direct) (+ adv compl) \<\<vehicle/ship\>\> dirigir*

    which way are you headed? — ¿hacia or para dónde vas?

    3) ( in soccer) \<\<ball\>\> cabecear
    4) \<\<page/chapter\>\> encabezar*

    2.
    vi

    where are you heading? — ¿hacia or para dónde vas?

    Phrasal Verbs:
    [hed]
    1. N
    1) (=part of body) cabeza f

    • my head aches — me duele la cabeza

    • the horse won by a (short) head — el caballo ganó por una cabeza (escasa)

    • he went head first into the ditch/wall — se cayó de cabeza en la zanja/se dio de cabeza contra la pared

    • from head to foot — de pies a cabeza

    • to give a horse its head — soltar las riendas a un caballo

    to give sb his/her head — dar rienda suelta a algn

    • wine goes to my head — el vino se me sube a la cabeza

    • head of hair — cabellera f

    • to go head over heels — caer de cabeza

    • to keep one's head down — (lit) no levantar la cabeza; (=work hard) trabajar de lo lindo; (=avoid being noticed) intentar pasar desapercibido

    • to nod one's head — decir que sí or asentir con la cabeza

    • to shake one's head — decir que no or negar con la cabeza

    • he stands head and shoulders above the rest — (lit) les saca más de una cabeza a los demás; (fig) los demás no le llegan a la suela del zapato

    • to stand on one's head — hacer el pino

    • she is a head taller than her sister — le saca una cabeza a su hermana

    • from head to toe — de pies a cabeza

    • I ought to bang or knock your heads together — os voy a dar un coscorrón a los dos *

    • he turned his head and looked back at her — volvió la cabeza y la miró

    - have one's head up one's arse or ass
    - bite sb's head off
    - put or lay one's head on the block
    - get one's head down

    to go over sb's head —

    - hold one's head up high
    - laugh one's head off
    - stand or turn sth on its head
    - want sb's head on a plate
    - turn one's head the other way
    - bury or hide or stick one's head in the sand
    - scream/shout one's head off

    I can't make head nor or or tail of what he's saying — no entiendo nada de lo que dice

    - turn heads
    - keep one's head above water
    acid 3., cloud 1., hang 1., 1), knock, price 1., 1), rear, swell 3., 1), top I, 1., 11)
    2) (=intellect, mind) cabeza f

    use your head! — ¡usa la cabeza!

    it's gone right out of my head — se me ha ido de la cabeza, se me ha olvidado

    • it was above their heads — no lo entendían

    • it's better to come to it with a clear head in the morning — es mejor hacerlo por la mañana con la cabeza despejada

    • it never entered my head — ni se me pasó por la cabeza siquiera

    • you need your head examining or examined — tú estás mal de la cabeza

    • to have a head for business/figures — ser bueno para los negocios/con los números

    • I have no head for heights — tengo vértigo

    • to do a sum in one's head — hacer un cálculo mental

    • he has got it into his head that... — se le ha metido en la cabeza que...

    I wish he would get it into his thick head that... — ya me gustaría que le entrara en ese cabezón que tiene que...

    who put that (idea) into your head? — ¿quién te ha metido eso en la cabeza?

    • I can't get that tune out of my head — no puedo quitarme esa música de la cabeza

    • it was over their heads — no lo entendían

    • I'm sure if we put our heads together we can work something out — estoy seguro de que si intercambiamos ideas encontraremos una solución

    • to take it into one's head to do sth, he took it into his head to go to Australia — se le metió en la cabeza ir a Australia

    • don't worry your head about it — no te preocupes, no le des muchas vueltas

    - keep one's head
    - lose one's head
    - be/go off one's head

    you must be off your head! — ¡estás como una cabra!

    - be out of one's head
    - he's got his head screwed on
    - be soft or weak in the head
    - go soft in the head
    3) (=leader) [of firm] director(a) m / f; (esp Brit) [of school] director(a) m / f

    • head of department — (in school, firm) jefe(-a) m / f de departamento

    head of French — el jefe/la jefa del departamento de francés

    • head of (the) household — cabeza mf de familia

    • head of state — (Pol) jefe(-a) m / f de Estado

    4) (=top part) [of hammer, pin, spot] cabeza f; [of arrow, spear] punta f; [of stick, cane] puño m; [of bed, page] cabecera f; [of stairs] parte f alta; (on beer) espuma f; [of river] cabecera f, nacimiento m; [of valley] final m; [of mountain pass] cima f

    at the head of — [+ organization] a la cabeza de; [+ train] en la parte delantera de

    to sit at the head of the table — sentarse en la cabecera de la mesa, presidir la mesa

    5) (Bot) [of flower] cabeza f, flor f; [of corn] mazorca f

    • a head of celery/ garlic — una cabeza de apio/ajo

    • a head of lettuce — una lechuga

    6) (Tech) (on tape-recorder) cabezal m, cabeza f magnética; [of cylinder] culata f; (Comput) cabeza f

    reading/writing head — cabeza f de lectura/grabación

    7) (=culmination)

    • this will bring matters to a head — esto llevará las cosas a un punto crítico

    • to come to a head — [situation] alcanzar un punto crítico

    8) heads (on coin) cara f

    heads or tails? — ¿cara o cruz?, ¿águila o sol? (Mex)

    9) (no pl) (=unit)

    £15 a or per head — 15 libras por cabeza or persona

    10) (Naut) proa f

    head to wind — con la proa a barlovento or de cara al viento

    11) (Geog) cabo m
    12) (=pressure)

    head of steam — presión f de vapor

    head of water — presión f de agua

    13) (=height) [of water]
    14) (=title) titular m; (=subject heading) encabezamiento m

    this comes under the head of... — esto viene en el apartado de...

    2. VT
    1) (=be at front of) [+ procession, league, poll] encabezar, ir a la cabeza de; [+ list] encabezar
    2) (=be in charge of) [+ organization] dirigir; (Sport) [+ team] capitanear
    3) (=steer) [+ ship, car, plane] dirigir
    4) (Ftbl) [+ goal] cabecear
    5) [+ chapter] encabezar
    3.
    VI

    where are you heading or headed? — ¿hacia dónde vas?, ¿para dónde vas?

    he hitched a ride on a truck heading or headed west — hizo autostop y lo recogió un camión que iba hacia el oeste

    they were heading home/back to town — volvían a casa/a la ciudad

    4.
    CPD

    head boy N — (Brit) (Scol) ≈ delegado m de la escuela (alumno)

    head buyer N — jefe(-a) m / f de compras

    head case * N — (Brit) majara * mf, chiflado(-a) * m / f

    head cheese N — (US) queso m de cerdo, cabeza f de jabalí (Sp), carne f en gelatina

    head chef N — chef mf, jefe(-a) m / f de cocina

    head coach N — (Sport) primer(a) entrenador(a) m / f

    head cold N — resfriado m (de cabeza)

    head count N — recuento m de personas

    head gardener N — jefe(-a) m / f de jardineros

    head girl N — (Brit) (Scol) ≈ delegada f de la escuela (alumna)

    head height N — altura f de la cabeza

    • at head height — a la altura de la cabeza

    head injury N — herida f en la cabeza

    head massage N — masaje m en la cabeza

    • to give sb a head massage — masajearle la cabeza a algn, darle un masaje en la cabeza a algn

    head nurse N — enfermero(-a) m / f jefe

    head office N — sede f central

    head prefect N — (Brit) (Scol) ≈ delegado(-a) m / f de la escuela (alumno/alumna)

    head restraint N — (Aut) apoyacabezas m inv, reposacabezas m inv

    to have a head start (over or on sb) — (Sport, fig) tener ventaja (sobre algn)

    he has a head start over other candidates — tiene ventaja sobre or les lleva ventaja a otros candidatos

    head wound N — herida f en la cabeza

    * * *
    [hed]
    I
    1) ( Anat) cabeza f

    to stand on one's head — pararse de cabeza (AmL), hacer* el pino (Esp)

    from head to foot o toe — de pies a cabeza, de arriba (a) abajo

    he's a head taller than his brother — le lleva or le saca la cabeza a su hermano

    head over heels: she tripped and went head over heels down the steps tropezó y cayó rodando escaleras abajo; to be head over heels in love estar* locamente or perdidamente enamorado; heads up! (AmE colloq) ojo! (fam), cuidado!; on your/his (own) head be it la responsabilidad es tuya/suya; to bang one's head against a (brick) wall darse* (con) la cabeza contra la pared; to be able to do something standing on one's head poder* hacer algo con los ojos cerrados; to bite o snap somebody's head off echarle una bronca a alguien (fam); to bury one's head in the sand hacer* como el avestruz; to get one's head down (colloq) ( work hard) ponerse* a trabajar en serio; ( settle for sleep) (BrE) irse* a dormir; to go over somebody's head ( bypassing hierarchy) pasar por encima de alguien; ( exceeding comprehension): his lecture went straight over my head no entendí nada de su conferencia; to go to somebody's head subírsele a la cabeza a alguien; to have a big o swelled o (BrE) swollen head ser* un creído; he's getting a swelled o (BrE) swollen head se le están subiendo los humos a la cabeza; to have one's head in the clouds tener* la cabeza llena de pájaros; to hold one's head up o high o up high ir* con la cabeza bien alta; to keep one's head above water mantenerse* a flote; to keep one's head down ( avoid attention) mantenerse* al margen; ( work hard) no levantar la cabeza; (lit: keep head lowered) no levantar la cabeza; to knock something on the head (colloq) dar* al traste con algo; to laugh one's head off reírse* a mandíbula batiente, desternillarse de (la) risa; to scream/shout one's head off gritar a voz en cuello; to make head or tail o (AmE also) heads or tails of something entender* algo; I can't make head or tail of it para mí esto no tiene ni pies ni cabeza; to rear one's ugly head: racism/fascism reared its ugly head again volvió a aparecer el fantasma del racismo/fascismo; to stand/be head and shoulders above somebody ( be superior) darle* cien vueltas a alguien, estar* muy por encima de alguien; to stand o turn something on its head darle* la vuelta a algo, poner* algo patas arriba (fam), dar* vuelta algo (CS); to turn somebody's head: the sort of good looks that turn heads el tipo de belleza que llama la atención or que hace que la gente se vuelva a mirar; (before n) head injury — lesión f en la cabeza

    2) (mind, brain) cabeza f

    he needs his head examined — está or anda mal de la cabeza

    she has a good head for business/figures — tiene cabeza para los negocios/los números

    use your head! — usa la cabeza!, piensa un poco!

    if we put our heads together, we'll be able to think of something — si lo pensamos juntos, algo se nos ocurrirá

    it never entered my head that... — ni se me pasó por la cabeza or jamás pensé que...

    to get something into somebody's head — meterle* algo en la cabeza a alguien

    to be off one's head — (colloq) estar* chiflado (fam), estar* or andar* mal de la cabeza

    to be out of one's head — (sl) ( on drugs) estar* flipado or volado or (Col) volando or (Méx) hasta atrás (arg); ( drunk) estar* como una cuba (fam)

    to be soft o weak in the head — estar* mal de la cabeza

    to get one's head (a)round something: I can't get my head (a)round this new system no me entra este nuevo sistema; to have one's head screwed on (right o the right way) (colloq) tener* la cabeza bien puesta or sentada; to keep/lose one's head mantener*/perder* la calma; two heads are better than one — cuatro ojos ven más que dos

    3)
    a) ( of celery) cabeza f; (of nail, tack, pin) cabeza f; (of spear, arrow) punta f; ( of hammer) cabeza f, cotillo m; ( of pimple) punta f, cabeza f; ( on beer) espuma f; ( of river) cabecera f
    b) (top end - of bed, table) cabecera f; (- of page, letter) encabezamiento m; (- of procession, line) cabeza f
    4)
    a) ( chief) director, -tora m,f

    head of state/government — jefe, -fa m,f de Estado/de Gobierno

    the head of the household — el/la cabeza de familia; (before n)

    head buyer — jefe, -fa m,f de compras

    head girl/boy — (BrE Educ) alumno elegido para representar al alumnado de un colegio

    head waiter — maître m, capitán m de meseros (Méx)

    b) ( head teacher) (esp BrE) director, -tora m,f (de colegio)
    5)
    a) ( person)

    $15 per head — 15 dólares por cabeza or persona

    b) pl head ( Agr)
    6) ( crisis)

    to come to a head — hacer* crisis, llegar* a un punto crítico

    7)
    a) ( magnetic device) (Audio, Comput) cabeza f, cabezal m
    b) ( of drill) cabezal m
    c) ( cylinder head) culata f
    8) ( Geog) cabo m

    II
    1.
    1)
    a) \<\<march/procession\>\> encabezar*, ir* a la cabeza de; \<\<list\>\> encabezar*
    b) \<\<revolt\>\> acaudillar, ser* el cabecilla de; \<\<team\>\> capitanear; \<\<expedition/department\>\> dirigir*, estar* al frente de
    2) ( direct) (+ adv compl) \<\<vehicle/ship\>\> dirigir*

    which way are you headed? — ¿hacia or para dónde vas?

    3) ( in soccer) \<\<ball\>\> cabecear
    4) \<\<page/chapter\>\> encabezar*

    2.
    vi

    where are you heading? — ¿hacia or para dónde vas?

    Phrasal Verbs:

    English-spanish dictionary > head

  • 38 Hoch

    n; -s, -s
    1. (Hochruf) cheers Pl. ( auf + Akk oder + Dat for); ein Hoch auf jemanden ausbringen give three cheers for s.o.; ein Hoch dem Zufall, der dich hergeführt hat! thank goodness you happened to come along!
    2. Stand: high, peak; ... hat ein vorläufiges Hoch erreicht... has reached a temporary high,... has peaked temporarily
    3. MET. high(-pressure area)
    * * *
    das Hoch
    (Wetter) anticyclone; high-pressure area; high
    * * *
    [hoːx]
    nt -s, -s
    1)

    (= Ruf) ein (dreifaches) Hóch für or auf jdn ausbringen — to give three cheers for sb

    ein Hóch dem Brautpaar — a toast to the bride and groom

    2) (MET fig) high
    * * *
    1) (at, from, or reaching up to, a great distance from ground-level, sea-level etc: a high mountain; a high dive; a dive from the high diving-board.) high
    2) (having a particular height: This building is about 20 metres high; My horse is fifteen hands high.) high
    3) (great; large; considerable: The car was travelling at high speed; He has a high opinion of her work; They charge high prices; high hopes; The child has a high fever/temperature.) high
    4) (noble; good: high ideals.) high
    5) ((of sounds) at or towards the top of a (musical) range: a high note.) high
    6) ((of voices) like a child's voice (rather than like a man's): He still speaks in a high voice.) high
    7) (having great value: Aces and kings are high cards.) high
    8) (very; very much: highly delighted; highly paid; I value the book highly.) highly
    9) (with approval: He thinks/speaks very highly of you.) highly
    10) (at, or to, a great distance from ground-level, sea-level etc: The plane was flying high in the sky; He'll rise high in his profession.) high
    11) ((of sounds, voices etc) high, sharp: a high-pitched, childish voice.) high-pitched
    12) (very high: a lofty building.) lofty
    14) (of a musical note, raised a semitone; too high in pitch: F sharp; That last note was sharp.) sharp
    15) up
    * * *
    Hoch1
    <-s, -s>
    [ho:x]
    nt cheer
    ein dreifaches \Hoch dem glücklichen Brautpaar three cheers for the happy couple
    ein \Hoch auf jdn ausbringen to give sb a cheer
    Hoch2
    <-s, -s>
    [ho:x]
    nt METEO high
    * * *
    das; Hochs, Hochs
    1) (Hochruf)

    ein [dreifaches] Hoch auf jemanden ausbringen — give three cheers for somebody

    2) (Met.) high
    * * *
    Hoch n; -s, -s
    1. (Hochruf) cheers pl (
    auf +akk oder +dat for);
    ein Hoch auf jemanden ausbringen give three cheers for sb;
    ein Hoch dem Zufall, der dich hergeführt hat! thank goodness you happened to come along!
    2. Stand: high, peak;
    … hat ein vorläufiges Hoch erreicht … has reached a temporary high, … has peaked temporarily
    3. METEO high(-pressure area)
    * * *
    das; Hochs, Hochs

    ein [dreifaches] Hoch auf jemanden ausbringen — give three cheers for somebody

    2) (Met.) high
    * * *
    nur sing. n.
    high n.

    Deutsch-Englisch Wörterbuch > Hoch

  • 39 hoch

    n; -s, -s
    1. (Hochruf) cheers Pl. ( auf + Akk oder + Dat for); ein Hoch auf jemanden ausbringen give three cheers for s.o.; ein Hoch dem Zufall, der dich hergeführt hat! thank goodness you happened to come along!
    2. Stand: high, peak; ... hat ein vorläufiges Hoch erreicht... has reached a temporary high,... has peaked temporarily
    3. MET. high(-pressure area)
    * * *
    das Hoch
    (Wetter) anticyclone; high-pressure area; high
    * * *
    [hoːx]
    nt -s, -s
    1)

    (= Ruf) ein (dreifaches) Hóch für or auf jdn ausbringen — to give three cheers for sb

    ein Hóch dem Brautpaar — a toast to the bride and groom

    2) (MET fig) high
    * * *
    1) (at, from, or reaching up to, a great distance from ground-level, sea-level etc: a high mountain; a high dive; a dive from the high diving-board.) high
    2) (having a particular height: This building is about 20 metres high; My horse is fifteen hands high.) high
    3) (great; large; considerable: The car was travelling at high speed; He has a high opinion of her work; They charge high prices; high hopes; The child has a high fever/temperature.) high
    4) (noble; good: high ideals.) high
    5) ((of sounds) at or towards the top of a (musical) range: a high note.) high
    6) ((of voices) like a child's voice (rather than like a man's): He still speaks in a high voice.) high
    7) (having great value: Aces and kings are high cards.) high
    8) (very; very much: highly delighted; highly paid; I value the book highly.) highly
    9) (with approval: He thinks/speaks very highly of you.) highly
    10) (at, or to, a great distance from ground-level, sea-level etc: The plane was flying high in the sky; He'll rise high in his profession.) high
    11) ((of sounds, voices etc) high, sharp: a high-pitched, childish voice.) high-pitched
    12) (very high: a lofty building.) lofty
    14) (of a musical note, raised a semitone; too high in pitch: F sharp; That last note was sharp.) sharp
    15) up
    * * *
    Hoch1
    <-s, -s>
    [ho:x]
    nt cheer
    ein dreifaches \Hoch dem glücklichen Brautpaar three cheers for the happy couple
    ein \Hoch auf jdn ausbringen to give sb a cheer
    Hoch2
    <-s, -s>
    [ho:x]
    nt METEO high
    * * *
    das; Hochs, Hochs
    1) (Hochruf)

    ein [dreifaches] Hoch auf jemanden ausbringen — give three cheers for somebody

    2) (Met.) high
    * * *
    hoch; höher, am höchsten
    A. adj
    1. räumlich: high; Gestalt, Baum, Haus etc: tall; Leiter etc: long; Schnee, Wasser etc: deep;
    ein zwei Meter hoher Zaun a two-metre (US -er)-high fence;
    hohe Schuhe (mit hohen Absätzen) (high) heels;
    hoher Seegang heavy ( oder rough) seas;
    der hohe Norden fig the far north;
    die Hohe Tatra GEOG the High Tatra;
    die Hohen Tauern GEOG the High Tauern; fig → Kante, Ross
    2. Ton, Stimme etc: high;
    zu hoch MUS sharp;
    das hohe C top C
    3. Druck, Einkommen, Fieber, Miete, Preis, Temperatur, Tempo etc: high; Einkommen, Profit, Verlust: auch big; Lotteriegewinn: big; Betrag, Menge, Summe: large; Alter, Gewicht, Tempo: great; Gewicht, Strafe: heavy; Strafe, Verlust etc: auch severe;
    ein hohes Alter erreichen auch live to be very old ( oder to a ripe old age);
    trotz seines hohen Alters despite his (advanced oder great) age, despite his advanced years;
    in hohem Maße highly, greatly;
    das ist eine hohe Zeit bei Rennen etc: (langsam) that’s a slow time;
    es ist hohe Zeit (es eilt) it’s high time
    4. fig (schwierig):
    das ist mir zu hoch umg, fig (zu schwierig) that’s above my head ( oder beyond me);
    seine Rede war zu hoch für sie umg, fig he was talking over their heads
    5. Geburt, Politik, Posten etc: high; Geburt: auch noble; Rang: auch superior; Diplomatie, Politik: auch high-level; Beamter, Offizier: high-ranking, senior; Besuch, Feiertag, Jubiläum etc: important;
    hoher Adel nobility, in GB auch peerage;
    hoher Gast distinguished guest, VIP;
    hohes Gericht high court; Anrede: Your Lordship (US Your Honor), Members of the Jury;
    der Hohe Priester the high priest;
    der hohe Herr umg, iron the great lord;
    Hoch und Niedrig (Arm und Reich) high and low; → Haus, Tier
    6. Ehre, Konzentration: great; Anspruch, Meinung etc: high; Favorit: hot;
    eine hohe Meinung haben von think very highly of; → Ansehen, Lied, Schule
    7. (auf Höhepunkt):
    in hoher Blüte stehen be in full bloom; künstlerische Bewegung: be at its height;
    das hohe Mittelalter the High Middle Ages;
    es ist hoher Sommer it is high summer
    B. adv
    1. (Ggs niedrig) high;
    hoch oben high up; (weit) a long way up;
    hoch oben im Norden far up in the north;
    hoch über dem Boden/der Stadt high above the ground/town;
    ein hoch beladener Wagen a heavily-laden cart;
    hoch fliegen (weit oben) fly high (up);
    3000 m hoch fliegen fly at a height of 3000 m;
    hoch gelegen high-up, high up in the mountains;
    hoch liegen Ort: be situated high up; Schnee: be deep;
    die Sonne steht hoch (am Himmel) the sun is high (in the sky);
    zwei Treppen hoch wohnen live on the second (US third) floor, live two floors up;
    den Kopf/die Nase hoch tragen fig hold one’s head up high/go around with one’s nose in the air;
    wer hoch steigt, wird tief fallen sprichw the higher you climb, the further you have to fall; fig → hergehen, hinauswollen
    2. (nach oben) up;
    hoch aufragen tower (up), soar;
    Hände hoch! hands up!;
    Kopf hoch! chin up!
    3. Tonlage: high;
    zu hoch singen/spielen sing/play sharp
    4. bezahlen, dotiert, versichern etc: highly; besteuert, verlieren: heavily; gewinnen: by a large margin;
    hoch dosiert in large doses;
    hoch in den Achtzigern sein be well into one’s eighties;
    zu hoch einschätzen overestimate, overrate;
    das ist zu hoch gegriffen (überschätzt) that’s a bit high; (übertrieben) that’s an exaggeration;
    spielen play (for) high (stakes) (auch fig);
    hoch verschuldet heavily ( oder deep) in debt
    5. in Wendungen mit Adjektiven wie angesehen, geachtet, geehrt, industrialisiert, kompliziert, motiviert, qualifiziert, spezialisiert etc: highly; beglückt: very; (überaus, äußerst) auch extremely;
    hoch beansprucht Person: … on whom great demands are made; Bauteil etc: heavily used;
    hoch entwickelt highly developed, sophisticated; Technik etc: auch very advanced;
    hoch gespannt fig Erwartungen: great, high; Pläne: ambitious;
    hoch radioaktiv highly radioactiv ( oder contaminated);
    hoch konzentriert Zuhörer etc: highly concentrated; lesen etc: with great concentration, very concentratedly; → auch hochkonzentriert, hochstehend;
    hoch technisiert sophisticated; high-tech …;
    hoch und heilig versprechen promise solemnly, swear; → hochleben
    6. in Wendungen mit Verben: highly, greatly;
    hoch achten greatly respect, hold in high esteem;
    jemandem etwas hoch anrechnen respect sb for (doing) sth;
    er rechnet dir das hoch an auch that really impressed him umg;
    jemanden hoch schätzen regard sb highly
    7. umg:
    drei Mann hoch three of them ( oder us, you);
    8. MATH:
    drei hoch zwei/drei three squared/cubed, three to the power of two/three;
    vier hoch fünf four to the power of five ( oder fifth power);
    das ist doch Schwachsinn hoch drei! umg that’s totally stupid!; → höher, höchst…
    hoch… im v → auch auf…, hinauf…
    * * *
    das; Hochs, Hochs

    ein [dreifaches] Hoch auf jemanden ausbringen — give three cheers for somebody

    2) (Met.) high
    * * *
    nur sing. n.
    high n.

    Deutsch-Englisch Wörterbuch > hoch

  • 40 high

    1. adjective
    1) (at, from, or reaching up to, a great distance from ground-level, sea-level etc: a high mountain; a high dive; a dive from the high diving-board.) høy
    2) (having a particular height: This building is about 20 metres high; My horse is fifteen hands high.) høy
    3) (great; large; considerable: The car was travelling at high speed; He has a high opinion of her work; They charge high prices; high hopes; The child has a high fever/temperature.) stor, voldsom, kraftig, sterk
    4) (most important; very important: the high altar in a church; Important criminal trials are held at the High Court; a high official.) høy(-), høytstående
    5) (noble; good: high ideals.) høy, fornem
    6) ((of a wind) strong: The wind is high tonight.) sterk
    7) ((of sounds) at or towards the top of a (musical) range: a high note.) høy, lys
    8) ((of voices) like a child's voice (rather than like a man's): He still speaks in a high voice.) lys
    9) ((of food, especially meat) beginning to go bad.) vilt som har hengt lenge nok
    10) (having great value: Aces and kings are high cards.) av høy verdi
    2. adverb
    (at, or to, a great distance from ground-level, sea-level etc: The plane was flying high in the sky; He'll rise high in his profession.) høyt
    - highness
    - high-chair
    - high-class
    - higher education
    - high fidelity
    - high-handed
    - high-handedly
    - high-handedness
    - high jump
    - highlands
    - high-level
    - highlight     3. verb
    (to draw particular attention to (a person, thing etc).) framheve, rette søkelyset mot
    - high-minded
    - high-mindedness
    - high-pitched
    - high-powered
    - high-rise
    - highroad
    - high school
    - high-spirited
    - high spirits
    - high street
    - high-tech     4. adjective
    ((also hi-tech): high-tech industries.) høyteknologisk
    - high treason
    - high water
    - highway
    - Highway Code
    - highwayman
    - high wire
    - high and dry
    - high and low
    - high and mighty
    - the high seas
    - it is high time
    høy
    I
    subst. \/haɪ\/
    1) ( hverdagslig) topp, maksimum, rekord, høyde, høydepunkt, rekordtall
    2) ( meteorologi) høytrykk, høytrykksområde
    3) ( kortspill) høyeste kort, høyeste trumf
    4) ( hverdagslig) kick, rus, narkotikapåvirket tilstand
    5) (spesielt amer., hverdagslig, forkortelse for high school) videregående skole
    6) høygir, høyeste gir
    from on high fra oven, fra himmelen, fra det høye
    the High ( hverdagslig) storgaten (spesielt i Oxford)
    hit\/reach a new high sette en ny rekord, nå nye høyder
    on high i høyden, over i himmelen
    II
    adj.
    1) høy
    2) høyt beliggende, øvre, høy-
    3) innlands-, høylands-
    4) høy, høytstående, av høy rang, fornem, høyere
    5) høy, opphøyd
    6) fordelaktig, god
    7) alvorlig, graverende
    8) høy-, hoved-, over-
    9) høy, edel, nobel, fin, opphøyd
    10) høy, stor, sterk, kraftig, intens
    11) ( om pris eller sum) høy, dyr, kostbar
    12) ( om tid) høy, midt, middags-
    13) ( musikk) høy, lys, som ligger høyt på skalaen
    14) ( om lyd) skarp, skingrende
    15) hovmodig, arrogant, overlegen
    16) ekstrem, ytterliggående, ultra-
    17) ( kirkelig) ortodoks, høykirkelig
    18) ( hverdagslig) oppspilt, glad, oppløftet
    19) (hverdagslig, om alkoholrus) animert, brisen
    20) (hverdagslig, om narkotikarus) høy, påvirket, ruset
    21) luksuriøs, flott, ekstravagant
    22) ( om kjøtt) bedervet, harsk
    23) ( om vilt) godt hengt, vellagret, med sterk viltsmak
    24) (sjøfart, om vind) forklaring: som har styrke 10 på Beaufortskalaen, full storm
    25) (kortspill, om kort) forklaring: av høyere verdi enn andre kort eller farger
    26) (kortspill, om kort) i stand til å ta et stikk
    27) ( fonetikk) høy
    at high noon ( også overført) kl. 12 på dagen, når solen står høyest, middagstid
    at high tide ved høyvann
    have a high time ( hverdagslig) ha det kjempegøy
    high and dry ( sjøfart) på tørt land strandet ( overført) på bar bakke, isolert, stilt utenfor, forlatt
    high and low høyt og lavt
    high and mighty ( hverdagslig) arrogant, storaktig, stor på det, høy i hatten, storsnutet som tilhører det øvre sosiale sjikt
    high day midt på lyse dagen
    high definition (TV) med høy oppløsning
    high on something påvirket av noe
    high sign se ➢ sign, 1
    high Tory ultrakonservativ, erkekonservativ
    high, wide and handsome ( hverdagslig) glad, sorgløs, ubekymret
    • after months of worrying, he looked positively high, wide and handsome
    etter måneder med bekymring, så han faktisk sorgløs ut
    in high places\/quarters på høyere hold
    leave someone high and dry la noen i stikken
    the Most High den høyeste
    of high antiquity svært gammel, av høy alder
    run high ( om elv) holde på å svømme over ( om bølger) gå høyt ( om følelser) gå høyt, være intense
    with a high hand egenmektig, selvrådig og vilkårlig
    III
    adv. \/haɪ\/
    1) høyt
    2) høyt, i høyt toneleie
    3) sterkt, kraftig, voldsomt
    4) (sjøfart, om seiling) høyt, skarpt, opp mot vinden
    as high as så høyt som, så mye som
    feelings ran high stemningen var opphisset, bølgene gikk høyt

    English-Norwegian dictionary > high

Страницы

См. также в других словарях:

  • Kings Mountain — may refer to:*Kings Mountain, California, an unincorporated community in San Mateo County *Kings Mountain, North Carolina, a city in North Carolina *King s Pinnacle, a mountain in North Carolina that is 3 miles southeast of the city of Kings… …   Wikipedia

  • Kings Mountain — ist der Name von: Kings Mountain (Kalifornien), eine Ortschaft im US Bundesstaat Kalifornien Kings Mountain (North Carolina), eine Ortschaft im US Bundesstaat North Carolina Siehe auch: Schlacht am Kings Mountain …   Deutsch Wikipedia

  • Kings Mountain — Kings Mountain, NC U.S. city in North Carolina Population (2000): 9693 Housing Units (2000): 4064 Land area (2000): 8.165150 sq. miles (21.147641 sq. km) Water area (2000): 0.000000 sq. miles (0.000000 sq. km) Total area (2000): 8.165150 sq.… …   StarDict's U.S. Gazetteer Places

  • Kings Mountain, NC — U.S. city in North Carolina Population (2000): 9693 Housing Units (2000): 4064 Land area (2000): 8.165150 sq. miles (21.147641 sq. km) Water area (2000): 0.000000 sq. miles (0.000000 sq. km) Total area (2000): 8.165150 sq. miles (21.147641 sq.… …   StarDict's U.S. Gazetteer Places

  • Kings Mountain — Original name in latin Kings Mountain Name in other language State code US Continent/City America/New York longitude 35.24513 latitude 81.34119 altitude 307 Population 10296 Date 2011 05 14 …   Cities with a population over 1000 database

  • Kings Mountain, California — Kings Mountain, an unincorporated community in San Mateo County, California, is located along State Route 35 (Skyline Boulevard) between Skeggs Point and Pise Mountain. This is about seven miles (11 km) north of Woodside Road (SR84). In the U.S.… …   Wikipedia

  • Kings Mountain National Military Park — Kings Mountain Monument …   Deutsch Wikipedia

  • Kings Mountain (Carolina del Norte) — Kings Mountain Ciudad de los Estados Unidos …   Wikipedia Español

  • Kings Mountain National Military Park — Infobox protected area | name = Kings Mountain National Military Park caption = locator x = 223 locator y = 107 location = York County, South Carolina, USA nearest city = Blacksburg, South Carolina lat degrees = 35 lat minutes = 8 lat seconds =… …   Wikipedia

  • Kings Mountain, North Carolina — Infobox Settlement official name = Kings Mountain, North Carolina settlement type = City nickname = motto = imagesize = image caption = image mapsize = 250x200px map caption = Location of Kings Mountain, North Carolina mapsize1 = map caption1 =… …   Wikipedia

  • Kings Mountain (North Carolina) — Dieser Artikel wurde aufgrund von inhaltlichen Mängeln auf der Qualitätssicherungsseite des Projektes USA eingetragen. Hilf mit, die Qualität dieses Artikels auf ein akzeptables Niveau zu bringen, und beteilige dich an der Diskussion! …   Deutsch Wikipedia

Поделиться ссылкой на выделенное

Прямая ссылка:
… Нажмите правой клавишей мыши и выберите «Копировать ссылку»